Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2003

Registration No. 333-107033



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Massachusetts
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
      04-2372210
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
200 Clarendon Street, T-33
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
(617) 425-3000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

James C. Burrows
President and Chief Executive Officer
Charles River Associates Incorporated
200 Clarendon Street, T-33
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
(617) 425-3000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:
Peter M. Rosenblum, Esq.
William R. Kolb, Esq.
John D. Hancock, Esq.
Foley Hoag
LLP
155 Seaport Boulevard
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Telephone: (617) 832-1000
Facsimile: (617) 832-7000
  R. Cabell Morris, Jr., Esq.
Winston & Strawn LLP
35 W. Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Telephone: (312) 558-5600
Facsimile: (312) 558-5700

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

        If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box.    o

        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.    o

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o _____

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o _____

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.    o


        The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed without notice. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 31, 2003

PROSPECTUS

2,061,000 Shares

         LOGO

Charles River Associates Incorporated

Common Stock


        This is a public offering of 2,061,000 shares of common stock of Charles River Associates Incorporated. We are offering 400,000 shares, and the selling stockholders named in this prospectus are offering 1,661,000 shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sales by the selling stockholders.

        Our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "CRAI." The last reported sale price for our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market on July 29, 2003 was $33.06 per share.

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 8.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 
  Per Share
  Total
Public offering price   $     $  
Underwriting discount   $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to CRA   $     $  
Proceeds to the selling stockholders   $     $  

        Of the 1,661,000 shares being offered by the selling stockholders, 100,576 shares are currently represented by options that will be exercised concurrent with the closing of this offering. In order to facilitate an orderly distribution, the underwriters have agreed to include these shares as part of this offering without charging an underwriting discount. The selling stockholders will receive proceeds equal to the public offering price for these shares. The total underwriting discount and total proceeds to the selling stockholders in the table above reflect this arrangement.

        We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the option to purchase, in the aggregate, up to an additional 309,150 shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments. Of these shares, 47,778 shares are currently represented by options held by the selling stockholders and are subject to the underwriting discount arrangement described in the previous paragraph.


William Blair & Company
                Sole Book-Running Manager
  Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc.
Co-Lead Manager                                

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

The date of this prospectus is            , 2003



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Prospectus Summary   3
Risk Factors   8
Forward-Looking Statements   14
Use of Proceeds   15
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy   15
Capitalization   16
Selected Consolidated Financial Data   17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   19
Business   31
Management   43
Principal and Selling Stockholders   46
Description of Capital Stock   50
Underwriting   53
Legal Matters   55
Experts   55
Where You Can Find More Information   56
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-1

Charles River Associates Incorporated, Charles River Associates, CRA, and the CRA logo are registered United States trademarks of Charles River Associates Incorporated. All rights are reserved. This prospectus includes trademarks of companies other than Charles River Associates Incorporated.

i



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights only some of the information in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 8 regarding our company and the common stock being sold in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.

Overview

        We are a leading economic and business consulting firm that applies advanced analytic techniques and in-depth industry knowledge to complex engagements for a broad range of clients. Founded in 1965, we work with businesses, law firms, accounting firms, and governments in providing original, authoritative advice and a wide range of services around the world. We combine economic and financial analysis with expertise in litigation and regulatory support, business strategy and planning, market and demand forecasting, policy analysis, and engineering and technology strategy. We are often retained in high-stakes matters, such as multibillion-dollar mergers and acquisitions, new product introductions, major strategy and capital investment decisions, and complex litigation, the outcomes of which often have significant implications or consequences for the parties involved. Matters such as these often require independent analysis, and as a result companies must outsource this work to outside experts. Companies rely on us because we can provide large teams of highly credentialed and experienced economic and finance experts to address complex, high-stakes matters.

        We offer consulting services in two broad areas: legal and regulatory consulting, which represents approximately 65% of our services revenues, and business consulting, which represents approximately 35% of our services revenues. We provide our services primarily through our highly credentialed and experienced staff of employee consultants. As of May 16, 2003, we employed 348 consultants, including 97 employee consultants with doctorates and 113 employee consultants with other advanced degrees. Our employee consultants have backgrounds in a wide range of disciplines, including economics, business, corporate finance, materials sciences, and engineering.

        Our business is diversified across multiple dimensions, including service offerings, vertical industry coverage, areas of functional expertise, client base, and geography. Through 16 offices located around the world, we provide multiple services across ten areas of functional expertise to hundreds of clients across 12 vertical industries. We believe this diversification reduces our dependence on any particular market, industry, or geographic area.

        In our legal and regulatory consulting practice, we work with law firms and businesses involved in litigation and regulatory proceedings, providing expert advice on highly technical issues, such as the competitive effects of mergers and acquisitions, antitrust issues, calculations of damages, measurement of market share and market concentration, liability analysis in securities fraud cases, and the impact of increased regulation. This business is driven primarily by regulatory changes and high-stakes legal proceedings, which typically occur without regard to the business cycle.

        In our business consulting practice, we use our expertise in economics, finance, and business analysis to offer our clients such services as strategy development, performance improvement, corporate portfolio analysis, estimation of market demand, new product pricing strategies, valuation of intellectual property and other assets, assessment of competitors' actions, and analysis of new sources of supply.

        Our analytical expertise in advanced economic and financial methods is complemented by our in-depth expertise in specific industries, including aerospace and defense, chemicals, electric power and other energy industries, financial services, healthcare, materials and manufacturing, media, oil and gas, pharmaceuticals, sports, telecommunications, and transportation.

3



        We have completed thousands of engagements for clients around the world, including domestic and foreign corporations; federal, state, and local government agencies; governments of foreign countries; public and private utilities; and national and international trade associations. Our client base is diverse, with our top ten clients in fiscal 2002 accounting for approximately 25% of our revenues and no single client accounting for more than 5% of our revenues.

        Since our initial public offering in April 1998, we have experienced significant growth. Our revenues have grown from $44.8 million in fiscal 1997 to $130.7 million in fiscal 2002, an increase of approximately 192%, or a compound annual growth rate of 24% per year. Since our initial public offering, we have increased the number of our offices from three to 16, including seven international offices. We have increased the number of our consultants from 120 to 348 at the end of our second fiscal quarter in 2003, and those with doctorates or other advanced degrees from 73 to 210. We have also increased our practice areas and expanded our vertical industry coverage. We have accomplished this growth through a combination of internal expansion and six acquisitions.

        Businesses are operating in an increasingly competitive and complex environment. Companies must constantly gather, analyze, and use available information to enhance their business strategies and operational efficiencies. As a result, companies are increasingly relying on sophisticated economic and financial analysis to solve complex problems and improve decision-making. Economic and financial models provide the tools necessary to analyze a variety of issues confronting businesses, such as interpretation of sales data, effects of price changes, valuation of assets, assessment of competitors' activities, evaluation of new products, and analysis of supply limitations. Governments are also relying, to an increasing extent, on economic and finance theory to measure the effects of anticompetitive activity, evaluate mergers and acquisitions, change regulations, implement auctions to allocate resources, and establish transfer pricing rules. Finally, litigants and law firms are using economic and finance theory to help determine liability and to calculate damages in complex and high-stakes litigation. As the need for complex economic and financial analysis becomes more widespread, we believe that companies and governments are turning to outside consultants for access to the specialized expertise, experience, and prestige that are not available to them internally.

Competitive Strengths

        Our competitive strengths include:

        Strong Reputation for High-Quality Consulting; High Level of Repeat Business.    For more than 37 years, we have been a leader in providing sophisticated economic analysis and original, authoritative advice to clients involved in complex litigation and regulatory proceedings. As a result, we believe we have established a strong reputation among leading law firms and business clients as a preferred source of expertise in economics, finance, business, and strategy consulting, as evidenced by our high level of repeat business and significant referrals from existing clients.

        Highly Educated, Experienced, and Versatile Consulting Staff.    We believe our most important asset is our base of employee consultants, particularly our senior consultants. Of our 348 employee consultants as of May 16, 2003, 224 were either vice presidents, principals, associate principals, or senior associates, nearly all of whom have a doctorate or other advanced degree. Many of these senior employee consultants are nationally or internationally recognized as experts in their respective fields.

        Global Presence.    We deliver our services through a global network of 16 coordinated offices, including nine domestic and seven international offices. Our international offices are in Brussels, Dubai, London, Melbourne, Mexico City, Toronto, and Wellington, New Zealand. We believe our global presence provides us with a competitive advantage to address complex issues that span countries and continents.

4



        Established Corporate Culture.    Our success has resulted in part from our established corporate culture. We believe we attract consultants because of our more than 37-year history, our strong reputation, the credentials, experience, and reputation of our employee consultants, the opportunity to work on an array of matters with a broad group of renowned outside experts, and our collegial atmosphere. We believe our corporate culture has also contributed to our ability to integrate acquisitions successfully.

        Access to Leading Academic and Industry Experts.    To enhance the expertise we provide to our clients, we maintain close working relationships with a select group of renowned outside experts. Depending on client needs, we use outside experts for their specialized expertise, assistance in conceptual problem-solving, and expert witness testimony. Outside experts also generate business for us and provide us access to other leading academic and industry experts. By establishing affiliations with prestigious outside experts, we further enhance our reputation as a leading source of sophisticated economic and financial analysis.

        Demonstrated Success with Acquisitions.    Since fiscal 1998, we have made six acquisitions. These acquisitions have contributed to our growth in revenues, number of consultants, geographic presence, vertical industry coverage, and areas of functional expertise. In each case, we have been able to integrate these acquisitions into our culture and retain the key consultants.

Growth Strategy

        Our growth strategy is to:

        Attract and Retain High Quality Consultants.    Since our employee consultants are our most important asset, our ability to attract and retain highly credentialed and experienced consultants both to work on engagements and to generate new business is crucial to our success.

        Leverage Investments in Areas of Functional Expertise, Vertical Industry Coverage, and Geographic Presence.    Since 1998, we have made significant investments in the expansion of our business, including acquisitions, the addition of areas of functional expertise and vertical industry coverage, and the opening of several offices. We have significantly increased our global presence with the addition of seven international offices. In recent quarters, we have begun to see the benefits of this expansion as we have grown revenues without making commensurate increases in staff and general and administrative expenses, leading to improved operating margins. We intend to continue to leverage the investments in expertise and infrastructure we have made in recent years.

        Continue to Build Brand Equity and Increase Marketing Activities.    Although we have historically relied primarily on our reputation and client referrals for new business, we have expanded marketing activities such as attendance at selected conferences, seminars, and public speaking engagements in order to attract new clients and increase our exposure.

        Establish Relationships with Additional Outside Experts.    We intend to develop additional relationships with leading academic and industry experts. Outside experts help us serve our clients better, provide us with new sources of business, and expand our network of academic affiliations.

        Pursue Strategic Acquisitions.    We intend to continue to expand our operations through the acquisition of complementary businesses. Given the highly fragmented nature of the consulting industry, we believe that there are numerous opportunities to acquire small consulting firms.

Other Information

        Our majority-owned software subsidiary, NeuCo, develops and markets a family of neural network software tools and complementary application consulting services that are currently focused on

5



electricity generation by utilities. In fiscal 2002 and the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003, NeuCo's revenues accounted for approximately 3% of our revenues.

        Our principal executive offices are located at 200 Clarendon Street, T-33, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, and our telephone number is (617) 425-3700.


The Offering

Common stock offered:

  By CRA      400,000 shares
  By the selling stockholders   1,661,000 shares
    Total   2,061,000 shares
Common stock to be outstanding after the offering   9,815,146 shares
Use of proceeds   We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and possible acquisitions. We will not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the selling stockholders.
Nasdaq National Market symbol   CRAI

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of July 7, 2003 and also reflects our issuance of 100,576 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options by the selling stockholders concurrent with the closing of this offering. This number excludes:

6



Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        You should read the following summary consolidated financial data together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and the related notes in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data include the results of operations attributable to the following acquisitions of certain assets and liabilities from the respective dates of acquisition:


Each of these acquisitions was accounted for under purchase accounting.

        The adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of May 16, 2003 reflect the sale of the 400,000 shares of common stock we are offering at an assumed public offering price of $33.06 per share (based on the last reported sale price on July 29, 2003), after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and our issuance of 100,576 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options by the selling stockholders concurrent with the closing of this offering for an aggregate exercise price of approximately $1.4 million.

 
  Fiscal year ended
  Twenty-four weeks ended
 
  Nov. 28,
1998

  Nov. 27,
1999

  Nov. 25,
2000

  Nov. 24,
2001

  Nov. 30,
2002

  May 10,
2002

  May 16,
2003

 
  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (53 weeks)

   
   
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

Consolidated statement of operations data:                                          
Revenues   $ 52,971   $ 73,970   $ 82,547   $ 109,804   $ 130,690   $ 52,218   $ 75,030
Costs of services     31,695     42,320     46,439     65,590     80,659     31,943     46,959
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     21,276     31,650     36,108     44,214     50,031     20,275     28,071
Income from operations     9,342     14,202     13,393     12,658     13,431     5,215     8,461
Net income(1)   $ 6,365   $ 9,030   $ 8,839   $ 7,439   $ 8,436   $ 3,567   $ 5,029
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per share:                                          
  Basic   $ 0.84   $ 1.07   $ 1.01   $ 0.82   $ 0.93   $ 0.39   $ 0.56
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Diluted   $ 0.84   $ 1.05   $ 1.01   $ 0.81   $ 0.91   $ 0.38   $ 0.54
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:                                          
  Basic     7,570     8,477     8,728     9,107     9,047     9,046     9,015
  Diluted     7,620     8,571     8,774     9,218     9,283     9,301     9,260

(1)
From fiscal 1988 to April 1998, we were taxed under subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. As an S corporation, we were not subject to federal and some state income taxes. Our S corporation status terminated upon the closing of our initial public offering on April 28, 1998.

 
  As of May 16, 2003
 
  Actual
  As adjusted
 
  (in thousands)

Consolidated balance sheet data:            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 23,302   $ 36,670
Total current assets     75,322     88,690
Total assets     120,271     133,639
Total current liabilities     31,835     31,835
Total long-term debt     413     413
Total stockholders' equity     83,836     97,204
 
  Nov. 28,
1998

  Nov. 27,
1999

  Nov. 25,
2000

  Nov. 24,
2001

  Nov. 30,
2002

  May 16,
2003

Operating statistics:                        
Consultants   145   210   255   293   353   348
Offices   5   6   12   12   16   16

7



RISK FACTORS

        An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, in evaluating our business before purchasing any of our common stock. If any of these risks, or other risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not significant, develops into an actual event, then our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. If that happens, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.


Risks related to our business

We depend upon only a few key employees to generate revenue

        Our business consists primarily of the delivery of professional services, and accordingly, our success depends heavily on the efforts, abilities, business generation capabilities, and project execution capabilities of our employee consultants. In particular, our employee consultants' personal relationships with our clients are a critical element in obtaining and maintaining client engagements. If we lose the services of any employee consultant or if our employee consultants fail to generate business or otherwise fail to perform effectively, that loss or failure could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. Our employee consultants generated engagements that accounted for approximately 67% of our revenues in fiscal 2001 and 69% in fiscal 2002. Our top five employee consultants generated approximately 19% of our revenues in fiscal 2001 and 16% in fiscal 2002. We do not have any employment agreements with our employee consultants, and they can terminate their relationships with us at will and without notice. The non-competition and non-solicitation agreements that we have with some of our employee consultants offer us only limited protection and may not be enforceable in every jurisdiction.

Our failure to manage growth successfully could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations

        Any failure on our part to manage growth successfully could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. Over the last several years, we have continued to open offices in new geographic areas, including foreign locations, and to expand our employee base as a result of internal growth and acquisitions. We expect that this trend will continue over the long term. Opening and managing new offices often requires extensive management supervision and increases our overall selling, general, and administrative expenses. Expansion creates new and increased management, consulting, and training responsibilities for our employee consultants. Expansion also increases the demands on our internal systems, procedures, and controls, and on our managerial, administrative, financial, marketing, and other resources. We depend heavily upon the managerial, operational, and administrative skills of our officers, particularly James C. Burrows, our President and Chief Executive Officer, to manage our expansion. New responsibilities and demands may adversely affect the overall quality of our work.

Our entry into new lines of business could adversely affect our results of operations

        If we attempt to develop new practice areas or lines of business outside our core economic and business consulting services, those efforts could harm our results of operations. Our efforts in new practice areas or new lines of business involve inherent risks, including risks associated with inexperience and competition from mature participants in the markets we enter. Our inexperience may result in costly decisions that could harm our business. For example, NeuCo, our majority-owned software subsidiary, was not profitable in four of the last five fiscal years, which harmed our results of operations in those years.

8



Clients can terminate engagements with us at any time

        Many of our engagements depend upon disputes, proceedings, or transactions that involve our clients. Our clients may decide at any time to seek to resolve the dispute or proceeding, or abandon the transaction. Our engagements can therefore terminate suddenly and without advance notice to us. If an engagement is terminated unexpectedly, our employee consultants working on the engagement could be underutilized until we assign them to other projects. In addition, because much of our work is project-based rather than recurring in nature, our consultants' utilization depends on our ability to secure additional engagements on a continual basis. Accordingly, the termination or significant reduction in the scope of a single large engagement could reduce our utilization and have an immediate adverse impact on our revenues and results of operations.

We depend on our antitrust and mergers and acquisitions consulting business

        We derived approximately 36% of our revenues in fiscal 2000 and 2001, and 29% in fiscal 2002, from engagements in our antitrust and mergers and acquisitions practice areas. Any substantial reduction in the number or size of our engagements in these practice areas could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. We derived the great majority of these revenues from engagements relating to enforcement of United States antitrust laws. Changes in federal antitrust laws, changes in judicial interpretations of these laws, or less vigorous enforcement of these laws as a result of changes in political appointments or priorities or for other reasons could substantially reduce our revenues from engagements in this area. In addition, adverse changes in general economic conditions, particularly conditions influencing the merger and acquisition activity of larger companies, could adversely affect engagements in which we assist clients in proceedings before the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Federal Trade Commission. The continuing economic slowdown is adversely affecting mergers and acquisitions activity, which is reducing the number and scope of our engagements in this practice area. Any continuation or worsening of the downturn could cause this trend to intensify, which would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

We derive our revenues from a limited number of large engagements

        We derive a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of large engagements. If we do not obtain a significant number of new large engagements each year, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could suffer. Our ten largest engagements accounted for approximately 21% of our revenues in fiscal 2000 and 17% in each of fiscal 2001 and 2002. Our ten largest clients accounted for approximately 29%, 28%, and 25% of our revenues in those years, respectively. In general, the volume of work we perform for any particular client varies from year to year, and a major client in one year may not hire us again.

We enter into fixed-price engagements

        We derive a significant portion of our revenues from fixed-price contracts. These contracts are more common in our business consulting practice, and would likely grow in number with any expansion of that practice. If we fail to estimate accurately the resources required for a fixed-price project or fail to satisfy our contractual obligations in a manner consistent with the project budget, we might generate a smaller profit or incur a loss on the project. On occasion, we have had to commit unanticipated additional resources to complete projects, and we may have to take similar action in the future, which could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

Our business could suffer if we are unable to hire additional qualified consultants as employees

        Our business continually requires us to hire highly qualified, highly educated consultants as employees. Our failure to recruit and retain a significant number of qualified employee consultants

9



could limit our ability to accept or complete engagements and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. Relatively few potential employees meet our hiring criteria, and we face significant competition for these employees from our direct competitors, academic institutions, government agencies, research firms, investment banking firms, and other enterprises. Many of these competing employers are able to offer potential employees significantly greater compensation and benefits or more attractive lifestyle choices, career paths, or geographic locations than we can. Competition for these employee consultants has increased our labor costs, and a continuation of this trend could have a material adverse effect on our margins and results of operations.

We depend on our outside experts

        We depend on our relationships with our exclusive outside experts. In fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2002, six of our exclusive outside experts generated engagements that accounted for approximately 28% and 21% of our revenues in those years, respectively. We believe that these outside experts are highly regarded in their fields and that each offers a combination of knowledge, experience, and expertise that would be very difficult to replace. We also believe that we have been able to secure some engagements and attract consultants in part because we could offer the services of these outside experts. Most of these outside experts can limit their relationships with us at any time for any reason. These reasons could include affiliations with universities with policies that prohibit accepting specified engagements, the pursuit of other interests, and retirement.

        As of May 16, 2003, we had non-competition agreements with 28 of our outside experts. The limitation or termination of any of their relationships with us, or competition from any of them after these agreements expire, could harm our reputation, reduce our business opportunities and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

        To meet our long-term growth targets, we need to establish ongoing relationships with additional outside experts who have reputations as leading experts in their fields. We may be unable to establish relationships with any additional outside experts. In addition, any relationship that we do establish may not help us meet our objectives or generate the revenues or earnings that we anticipate.

Acquisitions may disrupt our operations or adversely affect our results

        We regularly evaluate opportunities to acquire other businesses. The expenses we incur evaluating and pursuing acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. If we acquire a business, we may be unable to manage it profitably or successfully integrate its operations with our own. Moreover, we may be unable to realize the financial, operational, and other benefits we anticipate from any acquisition. Competition for future acquisition opportunities in our markets could increase the price we pay for businesses we acquire and could reduce the number of potential acquisition targets. Further, acquisitions may involve a number of special financial and business risks, such as:

10


Our international operations create special risks

        We may continue our international expansion, and our international revenues may account for an increasing portion of our revenues in the future. Our international operations carry special financial and business risks, including:

        Particularly as a result of the acquisition of the CEV business, we conduct a portion of our business in the Middle East. The recent military conflict in the region has significantly interrupted our business operations in that region and has slowed the flow of new opportunities and proposals, which ultimately could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

        If our international revenues increase relative to our total revenues, these factors could have a more pronounced effect on our operating results.

Potential conflicts of interests may preclude us from accepting some engagements

        We provide our services primarily in connection with significant or complex transactions, disputes, or other matters that are usually adversarial or that involve sensitive client information. Our engagement by a client may preclude us from accepting engagements with the client's competitors or adversaries because of conflicts between their business interests or positions on disputed issues or other reasons. Accordingly, the nature of our business limits the number of both potential clients and potential engagements. Moreover, in many industries in which we provide consulting services, particularly in the telecommunications industry, there has been a continuing trend toward business consolidations and strategic alliances. These consolidations and alliances reduce the number of potential clients for our services and increase the chances that we will be unable to continue some of our ongoing engagements or accept new engagements as a result of conflicts of interests.

Maintaining our professional reputation is crucial to our future success

        Our ability to secure new engagements and hire qualified consultants as employees depends heavily on our overall reputation as well as the individual reputations of our employee consultants and principal outside experts. Because we obtain a majority of our new engagements from existing clients or

11



from referrals by those clients, any client that is dissatisfied with our performance on a single matter could seriously impair our ability to secure new engagements. Given the frequently high-profile nature of the matters on which we work, any factor that diminishes our reputation or the reputations of any of our employee consultants or outside experts could make it substantially more difficult for us to compete successfully for both new engagements and qualified consultants.

Intense competition from other economic and business consulting firms could hurt our business

        The market for economic and business consulting services is intensely competitive, highly fragmented, and subject to rapid change. We may be unable to compete successfully with our existing competitors or with any new competitors. In general, there are few barriers to entry into our markets, and we expect to face additional competition from new entrants into the economic and business consulting industries. In the legal and regulatory consulting market, we compete primarily with other economic and financial consulting firms and individual academics. In the business consulting market, we compete primarily with other business and management consulting firms, specialized or industry-specific consulting firms, the consulting practices of large accounting firms, and the internal professional resources of existing and potential clients. Many of our competitors have national or international reputations as well as significantly greater personnel, financial, managerial, technical, and marketing resources than we do, which could enhance their ability to respond more quickly to technological changes, finance acquisitions, and fund internal growth. Some of our competitors also have a significantly broader geographic presence than we do.

Our engagements may result in professional liability

        Our services typically involve difficult analytical assignments and carry risks of professional and other liability. Many of our engagements involve matters that could have a severe impact on the client's business, cause the client to lose significant amounts of money, or prevent the client from pursuing desirable business opportunities. Accordingly, if a client is dissatisfied with our performance, the client could threaten or bring litigation in order to recover damages or to contest its obligation to pay our fees. Litigation alleging that we performed negligently or otherwise breached our obligations to the client could expose us to significant liabilities and tarnish our reputation.


Risks related to the offering

Fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and results of operations could depress the market price of our common stock

        We may experience significant fluctuations in our revenues and results of operations from one quarter to the next. If our revenues or net income in a quarter fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock could fall significantly. Our results of operations in any quarter can fluctuate for many reasons, including:

12


        Because we generate the majority of our revenues from consulting services that we provide on an hourly fee basis, our revenues in any period are directly related to the number of our employee consultants, their billing rates, and the number of billable hours they work in that period. We have a limited ability to increase any of these factors in the short term. Accordingly, if we underutilize our consultants during one part of a fiscal period, we may be unable to compensate by augmenting revenues during another part of that period. In addition, we are occasionally unable to utilize fully any additional consultants that we hire, particularly in the quarter in which we hire them. Moreover, a significant majority of our operating expenses, primarily office rent and salaries, are fixed in the short term. As a result, if our revenues fail to meet our projections in any quarter, that could have a disproportionate adverse effect on our net income. For these reasons, we believe our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.

We will have broad discretion in using the proceeds of this offering

        We intend to use all of our proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using our proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial, or other information that we will use to determine how to use our proceeds. We may use our proceeds for purposes that do not result in any increase in our market value or improve our results of operations.

The price of our common stock may be volatile

        Our stock price has been volatile. From May 10, 2002, the end of the second quarter of our last fiscal year, to July 29, 2003, the trading price of our common stock ranged from $11.35 to $35.09. Many factors may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly, including:


        In addition, the stock market has recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations are often unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. When the market price of a company's stock drops significantly, stockholders often institute securities class action litigation against that company. Any litigation against us could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert the time and attention of our management and other resources, or otherwise harm our business.

13


Our charter and by-laws and Massachusetts law may deter takeovers

        Our articles of organization and by-laws and Massachusetts law contain provisions that could have anti-takeover effects and that could discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control or an acquisition that many stockholders may find attractive. These provisions may also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our stockholders to take some corporate actions, including the election of directors. These provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Except for historical facts, the statements in this prospectus and in the documents we incorporate by reference are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are merely our current predictions of future events. These statements are inherently uncertain, and actual events could differ materially from our predictions. Important factors that could cause actual events to vary from our predictions include those discussed under the headings "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." We assume no obligation to update our forward-looking statements to reflect new information or developments. We urge readers to review carefully the risk factors described in this prospectus and in the other documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You can read these documents at www.sec.gov.

14



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the 400,000 shares of common stock we are offering will be approximately $12.0 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses we expect to pay and assuming a public offering price of $33.06 per share (based on the last reported sale price on July 29, 2003).

        We intend to use our net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and possible acquisitions of and investments in complementary businesses. We regularly evaluate acquisition and investment opportunities, and, at any given time, we may be in various stages of due diligence or preliminary discussions with respect to a number of potential transactions. In addition, we may enter into non-binding letters of intent from time to time, but we are not currently subject to any definitive agreement with respect to any transaction material to our operations or otherwise engaged in any discussions so advanced as to make a transaction material to our operations reasonably probable.

        Pending these uses, we intend to invest our net proceeds from the offering in investment-grade, short-term, interest-bearing instruments.

        We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. For risks associated with our use of proceeds, see "Risk Factors—We will have broad discretion in using the proceeds of this offering."


PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

        We first offered our common stock to the public on April 23, 1998. Since that time, our common stock has been quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "CRAI." The following table provides, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices for our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market.

 
  High
  Low
Fiscal year ended November 24, 2001:            
  First quarter   $ 10.63   $ 7.25
  Second quarter   $ 11.00   $ 7.75
  Third quarter   $ 18.18   $ 10.61
  Fourth quarter   $ 20.40   $ 12.70

Fiscal year ended November 30, 2002:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  First quarter   $ 22.29   $ 18.65
  Second quarter   $ 21.99   $ 13.30
  Third quarter   $ 20.05   $ 11.62
  Fourth quarter   $ 17.40   $ 11.35

Fiscal year ending November 29, 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  First quarter   $ 16.78   $ 13.04
  Second quarter   $ 22.91   $ 15.51
  Third quarter (through July 29, 2003)   $ 35.09   $ 18.77

        On July 29, 2003, the closing sale price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market was $33.06 per share. On that date, we had approximately 67 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not include stockholders for whom shares were held in a "nominee" or "street" name.

        We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance our operations and therefore do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our bank line of credit place restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock.

15



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table summarizes our capitalization as of May 16, 2003 on an actual basis and as adjusted to reflect our sale of 400,000 shares of common stock at an assumed public offering price of $33.06 per share (based on the last reported sale price on July 29, 2003), after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses we expect to pay, and to reflect our issuance of 100,576 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options by the selling stockholders concurrent with the closing of this offering for an aggregate exercise price of approximately $1.4 million. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes beginning on page F-1.

        Amounts representing common stock outstanding on May 16, 2003 exclude the following:


 
  As of May 16, 2003
 
 
  Actual
  As adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands, except share data)

 
Notes payable to former stockholders, net of current portion   $ 413   $ 413  

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Preferred stock, no par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none outstanding          
  Common stock, no par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 9,032,082 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 9,532,658 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted     45,571     58,939  
  Receivable from stockholder     (4,500 )   (4,500 )
  Deferred compensation     (37 )   (37 )
  Retained earnings     42,246     42,246  
  Foreign currency translation     556     556  
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity     83,836     97,204  
   
 
 
      Total capitalization   $ 84,249   $ 97,617  
   
 
 

        For information on the notes payable described in this table, see note 7 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements.

16



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        We have derived the following selected consolidated financial data as of November 24, 2001 and November 30, 2002 and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended November 30, 2002 from our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus beginning on page F-1, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors. We have derived the following selected consolidated financial data as of November 28, 1998, November 27, 1999, and November 25, 2000, and for the fiscal years ended November 28, 1998 and November 27, 1999 from our consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus, which have also been audited by Ernst & Young LLP. We have derived the following selected consolidated financial data as of May 16, 2003 and for the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 and May 16, 2003 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. We have prepared our unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as our audited financial statements. In the opinion of our management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information. The results of operations for the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of future operating results. You should read the selected consolidated financial data together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes beginning on pages 19 and F-1.

 
  Fiscal year ended
  Twenty-four
weeks ended

 
 
  Nov. 28,
1998

  Nov. 27,
1999

  Nov. 25,
2000

  Nov. 24,
2001

  Nov. 30,
2002

  May 10,
2002

  May 16,
2003

 
 
  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (53 weeks)

   
   
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

 
Consolidated statement of operations data(1):                                            
Revenues   $ 52,971   $ 73,970   $ 82,547   $ 109,804   $ 130,690   $ 52,218   $ 75,030  
Costs of services     31,695     42,320     46,439     65,590     80,659     31,943     46,959  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     21,276     31,650     36,108     44,214     50,031     20,275     28,071  
Selling, general and administrative     11,934     17,448     21,837     31,556     36,600     15,060     19,610  
Special charge (2)             878                  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations     9,342     14,202     13,393     12,658     13,431     5,215     8,461  
Interest and other income, net     975     977     1,542     1,045     337     217     187  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interest     10,317     15,179     14,935     13,703     13,768     5,432     8,648  
Provision for income taxes     (4,262 )   (6,182 )   (6,166 )   (5,848 )   (5,879 )   (2,181 )   (3,589 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before minority interest     6,055     8,997     8,769     7,855     7,889     3,251     5,059  
Minority interest     310     33     70     (416 )   547     316     (30 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income(3)   $ 6,365   $ 9,030   $ 8,839   $ 7,439   $ 8,436   $ 3,567   $ 5,029  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per share (4):                                            
  Basic   $ 0.84   $ 1.07   $ 1.01   $ 0.82   $ 0.93   $ 0.39   $ 0.56  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Diluted   $ 0.84   $ 1.05   $ 1.01   $ 0.81   $ 0.91   $ 0.38   $ 0.54  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding (4):                                            
  Basic     7,570     8,477     8,728     9,107     9,047     9,046     9,015  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Diluted     7,620     8,571     8,774     9,218     9,283     9,301     9,260  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma income data (unaudited):                                            
  Net income as reported   $ 6,365                                      
  Pro forma adjustment(3)     12                                      
   
                                     
  Pro forma net income   $ 6,377                                      
   
                                     
Pro forma net income per share (5):                                            
  Basic   $ 0.84                                      
   
                                     
  Diluted   $ 0.83                                      
   
                                     
Weighted average number of shares outstanding(5):                                            
  Basic     7,630                                      
   
                                     
  Diluted     7,679                                      
   
                                     

17


 
  Nov. 28,
1998

  Nov. 27,
1999

  Nov. 25,
2000

  Nov. 24,
2001

  Nov. 30,
2002

  May 16,
2003

 
  (in thousands)

Consolidated balance sheet data:                                    
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 32,023   $ 20,176   $ 20,305   $ 21,880   $ 18,846   $ 23,302
Total current assets     49,573     57,376     57,095     63,179     64,806     75,322
Total assets     53,335     73,510     80,280     96,890     109,169     120,271
Total current liabilities     16,683     19,429     14,373     22,070     27,097     31,835
Total long-term debt     542     461     102     612     413     413
Total stockholders' equity     34,628     52,315     62,338     70,002     78,358     83,836
 
  Nov. 28,
1998

  Nov. 27,
1999

  Nov. 25,
2000

  Nov. 24,
2001

  Nov. 30,
2002

  May 16,
2003

Operating statistics:                        
Consultants   145   210   255   293   353   348
Offices   5   6   12   12   16   16

(1)
The consolidated statement of operations data include the results of operations attributable to the following acquisitions of certain assets and liabilities from the respective dates of acquisition:

The Tilden Group (December 15, 1998);

FinEcon (February 25, 1999);

the consulting business of Dr. Gordon C. Rausser (October 18, 2000);

certain assets from PA Consulting Group, Inc. (July 18, 2001);

the North American operations of the CEV business (April 29, 2002); and

the U.K. operations of the CEV business (May 10, 2002).

       Each of these acquisitions was accounted for under purchase accounting. The acquisitions are more fully described in note 2 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements.

(2)
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Fiscal 2001 Compared to Fiscal 2000" and note 4 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements for a description of the costs associated with the special charge.

(3)
From fiscal 1988 to April 1998, we were taxed under subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. As an S corporation, we were not subject to federal and some state income taxes. Our S corporation status terminated upon the closing of our initial public offering on April 28, 1998. Pro forma income data reflect a pro forma adjustment to reflect the taxes we would have accrued had we been taxed as a subchapter C corporation.

(4)
Basic net income per share represents net income divided by the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share represents net income divided by the weighted average shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding during the period, the latter arising from stock options using the treasury stock method.

(5)
Pro forma net income per share is computed using pro forma net income and the pro forma weighted average number of shares of common stock. The weighted average number of shares of common stock for the purpose of computing pro forma net income per share has been increased by the number of shares that would have been required to pay a dividend in the amount of $2.4 million that was paid upon the completion of the initial public offering.

18



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

        We are a leading economic and business consulting firm that applies advanced analytic techniques and in-depth industry knowledge to complex engagements for a broad range of clients. We offer two types of services: legal and regulatory consulting and business consulting. We estimate that we derived approximately 97% of our revenues in fiscal 2002 from business consulting and legal and regulatory consulting, and approximately 3% from NeuCo, a subsidiary of which we own 59.7%. NeuCo develops and markets a family of neural network software tools and complementary application consulting services that are currently focused on electricity generation by utilities.

        We derive revenues principally from professional services rendered by our employee consultants. In most instances, we charge clients on a time-and-materials basis and recognize revenues in the period when we provide our services. We charge consultants' time at hourly rates, which vary from consultant to consultant depending on a consultant's position, experience, and expertise, and other factors. We derive a portion of our revenues from fixed-price contracts. Revenues from fixed-price engagements are recognized using a proportional performance method based on the ratio of costs incurred, substantially all of which are labor-related, to the total estimated project costs. We derived 5.5% and 15.4% of our revenues from fixed-price engagements in fiscal 2001 and 2002, respectively. We generate substantially all of our professional services fees from the work of our own employee consultants and a portion from the work of our outside experts. Factors that affect our professional services revenues include the number and scope of client engagements, the number of consultants we employ, the consultants' billing rates, and the number of hours our consultants work. Revenues also include expenses billed to clients, which include travel and other out-of-pocket expenses, outside consultants, and other reimbursable expenses.

        Our costs of services include the salaries, bonuses, and benefits of our employee consultants. Our bonus program awards discretionary bonuses based on our revenues and profitability and individual performance. Costs of services also include out-of-pocket and other expenses that are billed to clients, and the salaries, bonuses, and benefits of support staff whose time is billed directly to clients, such as librarians, editors, and programmers. Our gross profit, which equals revenues less costs of services, is affected by changes in our mix of revenues. We experience significantly higher gross margins on revenues from professional service fees than on revenues from expenses billed to clients. Selling, general, and administrative expenses include salaries, bonuses, and benefits of our administrative and support staff, fees to outside experts for generating new business, office rent, marketing, and other costs.

Fiscal Periods

        Our fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in November, and accordingly, our fiscal year will periodically contain 53 weeks rather than 52 weeks. In particular, fiscal 2002 contained 53 weeks. This additional week of operations in fiscal 2002 will affect the comparability of results of operations of this fiscal year with other fiscal years. Historically, we have managed our business based on a four-week billing cycle to clients and, consequently, have established quarters that are divisible by four-week periods. As a result, the first, second, and fourth quarters of each fiscal year are 12-week periods, and the third quarter of each fiscal year is a 16-week period. However, the fourth quarter in fiscal 2002 was 13 weeks long. Accordingly, period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful if the periods being compared have different lengths. The additional week in fiscal 2002 resulted in $2.4 million of revenues and was not material to our results of operations.

        The terms "fiscal 1998," "fiscal 1999," "fiscal 2000," "fiscal 2001," "fiscal 2002," and "fiscal 2003" refer to the 52-week periods ended November 28, 1998, November 27, 1999, November 25, 2000,

19



November 24, 2001, the 53-week period ended November 30, 2002, and the 52-week period ending November 29, 2003, respectively.

Acquisitions and International Expansion

        On October 18, 2000, we acquired the consulting business of Dr. Gordon C. Rausser for $4.75 million in cash. If the acquired business meets specified performance targets, we will owe Dr. Rausser additional consideration, payable in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. In addition, we loaned Dr. Rausser $4.5 million, on a full recourse basis, for the purchase of our common stock. The acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method, and the results have been included in the accompanying statements of operations from the date of acquisition. We are currently in discussion with Dr. Rausser, who may agree to extend substantially the duration of his exclusive relationship with us, and we may agree to extend the time for the repayment of his loan and for him to meet his specified performance targets.

        On July 18, 2001, we acquired certain assets from PA Consulting Group, Inc. for $4.2 million in notes. The acquisition has been accounted for under purchase accounting, and the results of operations have been included in the accompanying statements of operations from the date of acquisition.

        In April and May 2002, we completed the acquisitions of certain assets of the North American and U.K. operations of the CEV business for an aggregate of $10.5 million in cash. The acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The effective date of the acquisition of the North American business was April 29, 2002, and the effective date of the acquisition of the U.K. business was May 10, 2002. The results of operations related to the acquisitions have been included in the accompanying statements of operations from the respective effective dates. We believe that the acquisition of the CEV business enhanced our position in consulting to the chemicals and petroleum industries. We acquired 75 employee consultants, accounts receivable, and the ongoing client projects being handled by the acquired employee consultants. Of the $10.5 million purchase price, $0.9 million was recorded as intangibles, consisting primarily of customer relationships, $2.7 million was recorded primarily as accounts receivable, and the remaining $6.9 million was recorded as goodwill, all of which is expected to be deducted for tax purposes. The portion of the purchase price attributable to goodwill primarily related to the extensive industry experience of the acquired employee consultants.

        In fiscal 2002, our international operations continued to expand. For example, our U.K. operations grew substantially, primarily as a result of the acquisition of the CEV business, and we opened new offices in Brussels, Belgium and Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Revenues from our international operations accounted for 9.4%, 13.3%, and 16.3% of our total revenues in fiscal 2001, fiscal 2002, and the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003, respectively, as more fully described in note 13 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Software Subsidiary

        In June 1997, we invested approximately $650,000 for a majority interest in NeuCo, Inc. NeuCo was established by us and an affiliate of Commonwealth Energy Systems as a start-up entity to develop and market a family of neural network software tools and complementary application consulting services for electric utilities. NeuCo's financial statements are consolidated with our financial statements. NeuCo earned revenues of approximately $2.8 million in fiscal 2000, $5.1 million in fiscal 2001, $3.4 million in fiscal 2002, and $1.9 million in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. NeuCo sustained a net loss of approximately $139,000 in fiscal 2000, generated a net profit of approximately $839,000 in fiscal 2001, sustained a net loss of approximately $1.1 million in fiscal 2002, and generated a net profit of $72,000 in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003.

        On May 3, 2000, in a series of transactions that resulted in an infusion of new equity in NeuCo, our ownership interest in NeuCo was reduced from 65.3% to 50.5% and was subsequently reduced further to 49.7%. These transactions were accounted for as increases in minority interest and common

20



stock. In March 2003, NeuCo repurchased and cancelled shares from a minority interest stockholder, which reduced the number of shares outstanding, thereby increasing our interest in NeuCo to 59.7%. This transaction was accounted for as a decrease in minority interest and common stock. Throughout these transactions, we have continued to exercise control of NeuCo, and accordingly, we consolidate its operations. The portion of NeuCo's income or loss allocable to its minority owners is shown as "minority interest" in our consolidated statements of income, and that amount, together with the capital contributions to NeuCo of its minority owners, is shown as "minority interest" in our consolidated balance sheets. All significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," which revised the accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets. Specifically, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer subject to amortization, but are monitored annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are other indicators of impairment. Any impairment will be measured based upon the fair value of the related asset based upon the provisions of this statement. We elected early adoption of this accounting standard in fiscal 2002.

        In October 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" (SFAS No. 144). SFAS No. 144 addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. The accounting model for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale applies to all long-lived assets, including discontinued operations. SFAS No. 144 requires that those long-lived assets be measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, whether reported in continuing operations or in discontinued operations. Therefore, discontinued operations will no longer be measured at net realizable value or include amounts for operating losses that have not yet occurred. SFAS No. 144 also broadens the reporting of discontinued operations to include all components of an entity with operations that can be distinguished from the rest of the entity and that will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the entity in a disposal transaction. The provisions of this statement are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early application encouraged. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

        In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" (SFAS No. 146). This statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." The provisions of this statement are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. We do not believe that SFAS No. 146 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        On December 31, 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure" (SFAS No. 148). SFAS No. 148 amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS No. 123), to provide alternative methods of transition to SFAS No. 123's fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, "Interim Financial Reporting," to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity's accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share in annual and interim financial statements. While the statement does not amend SFAS No. 123 to require companies to account for employee stock options using the fair value method,

21



the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for that compensation using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic value method of APB Opinion No. 25. The provisions of SFAS No. 148 are effective at the beginning of fiscal 2003. SFAS No. 148 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" (FIN No. 46). FIN No. 46 is an interpretation of ARB No. 51 and addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities, or VIEs. This interpretation is based on the theory that an enterprise controlling another entity through interests other than voting interests should consolidate the controlled entity. Business enterprises are required under the provisions of this interpretation to identify VIEs, based on specified characteristics, and then determine whether they should be consolidated. An enterprise that holds a majority of the variable interests is considered the primary beneficiary and is the enterprise that should consolidate the VIE. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is also required to include various disclosures in its interim and annual financial statements. Additionally, an enterprise that holds a significant variable interest in a VIE, but that is not the primary beneficiary, is also required to make certain disclosures. This interpretation is effective for all enterprises with a variable interest in VIEs created after January 31, 2003. A public entity with variable interests in a VIE created before February 1, 2003 is required to apply the provisions of this interpretation to that entity by the end of the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2003. We do not believe that the adoption of this interpretation will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

        The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make significant estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, as well as related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. These items are monitored and analyzed by management for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from our estimates if past experience or other assumptions do not turn out to be substantially accurate.

        A summary of the accounting policies that we believe are most critical to understanding and evaluating our financial results is set forth below. This summary should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.    We derive substantially all of our revenues from the performance of professional services. The contracts that we enter into and operate under specify whether the engagement will be billed on a time-and-materials or fixed-price basis. Typically, these engagements are of a short, predetermined time frame and generally last three to six months, although some of our engagements can be much longer in duration. Each contract must be approved by one of our vice presidents.

        We recognize substantially all of our revenues under written service contracts with our clients. Revenues from time-and-materials service contracts are recognized as the services are provided based upon hours worked and contractually agreed-upon hourly rates, as well as a computer services fee based upon hours worked. Revenues from fixed-price engagements are recognized on a proportional performance method based on the ratio of costs incurred, substantially all of which are labor-related, to the total estimated project costs. Project costs are based on the direct salary and associated fringe benefits of the consultants on the engagement plus all direct expenses incurred to complete the

22



engagement that are not reimbursed by the client. The proportional performance method is used since reasonably dependable estimates of the revenues and costs applicable to various stages of a contract can be made, based on historical experience and terms set forth in the contract, and are indicative of the level of benefit provided to our clients. Contracts generally include a termination provision that reduces the agreement to a time-and-materials contract in the event of termination of the contract. There are no costs that are deferred and amortized over the contract term. Our financial management maintains contact with project managers to discuss the status of the projects and, for fixed-price engagements, financial management is updated on the budgeted costs and resources required to complete the project. These budgets are then used to calculate revenue recognition and to estimate the anticipated income or loss on the project. In the past, we have occasionally been required to commit unanticipated additional resources to complete projects, which have resulted in lower than anticipated income or losses on those contracts. We may experience similar situations in the future. Provisions for estimated losses on contracts are made during the period in which such losses become probable and can be reasonably estimated. To date, such losses have not been significant.

        Revenues also include expenses billed to clients, which include travel and other out-of-pocket expenses, outside consultants, and other reimbursable expenses. These reimbursable expenses included in revenues are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Fiscal year ended
  Twenty-four weeks ended
 
  Nov. 25,
2000

  Nov. 24,
2001

  Nov. 30,
2002

  May 10,
2002

  May 16,
2003

 
  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (53 weeks)

   
   
Reimbursable expenses billed to clients   $ 11,015   $ 15,788   $ 19,026   $ 6,868   $ 11,804

        We recognize revenues for services only in those situations where collection from the client is reasonably assured. Our normal payment terms are 30 days from invoice date. For fiscal 2001, fiscal 2002, and the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003, our average days sales outstanding for billed and unbilled accounts receivable were 108 days, 103 days, and 95 days, respectively. Our project managers and finance personnel monitor payments from our clients and assess any collection issues. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our clients to make required payments. We base our estimates on our historical collection experience, current trends, credit policy, and relationship of our accounts receivable and revenues. In determining these estimates, we examine historical write-offs of our receivables and review client accounts to identify any specific customer collection issues. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payment, additional allowances may be required. Our failure to estimate accurately the losses for doubtful accounts and ensure that payments are received on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. As of November 24, 2001, November 30, 2002, and May 16, 2003, $0.9 million, $1.4 million, and $1.6 million, respectively, were provided for doubtful accounts.

        Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.    We account for our acquisitions of consolidated companies under the purchase method of accounting pursuant to SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations." Intangible assets that are separable from goodwill and have determinable useful lives are valued separately and amortized over their expected useful lives. Intangible assets consist principally of non-competition agreements and customer relationships and are generally amortized over five to ten years. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over net assets, including all identifiable intangible assets, of acquired businesses that are consolidated.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 142, which we adopted in fiscal 2002, we ceased amortizing goodwill arising from acquisitions. In lieu of amortization, we perform an impairment review of our goodwill annually, or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. There were no impairment losses related to goodwill due to the application of SFAS No. 142 in fiscal 2002, nor were there any

23



indications of impairment in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. If we determine through the impairment review process that goodwill has been impaired, we would record the impairment charge in our statement of income. The net amount of goodwill was approximately $24.8 million as of May 16, 2003.

        We assess the impairment of amortizable intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include the following:

        As part of this assessment, we would review the expected future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets. When we determine that the carrying value of intangible assets may not be recoverable, we measure any impairment based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. The net amount of intangible assets was approximately $1.4 million as of May 16, 2003.

        Accounting for Income Taxes.    We record income taxes using the liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Our financial statements contain certain deferred tax assets as well as other temporary differences between book and tax accounting. SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," requires the establishment of a valuation allowance to reflect the likelihood of realization of deferred tax assets. Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We evaluate the weight of all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The decision to record a valuation allowance requires varying degrees of judgment based upon the nature of the item giving rise to the deferred tax asset. As a result of operating losses incurred in certain of our foreign subsidiaries, anticipated additional operating losses in the future and uncertainty as to the extent and timing of profitability in future periods, we recorded a full valuation allowance in certain of these foreign subsidiaries during the year ended November 30, 2002. Had we not recorded this allowance, we would have reported a lower effective tax rate than that recognized in our statements of income in fiscal 2002. If the realization of deferred tax assets in the future is considered more likely than not, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would increase net income in the period such determination was made. During the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003, the valuation allowance was reduced slightly due to the anticipated use of certain net operating losses during fiscal 2003. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable is based on significant estimates, and it is at least reasonably possible that changes in these estimates in the near term could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations. Our effective tax rate may vary from period to period based on changes in estimated taxable income or loss, changes to the valuation allowance, changes to federal, state, or foreign tax laws, future expansion into areas with varying country, state, and local income tax rates, deductibility of certain costs and expenses by jurisdiction, and as a result of acquisitions.

24


Results of Operations

        The following table provides operating information as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:

 
  Fiscal year ended
  Twenty-four
weeks ended

 
 
  Nov. 25,
2000

  Nov. 24,
2001

  Nov. 30,
2002

  May 10,
2002

  May 16,
2003

 
 
  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (53 weeks)

   
   
 
Revenues   100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Costs of services   56.3   59.7   61.7   61.2   62.6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit   43.7   40.3   38.3   38.8   37.4  
Selling, general and administrative   26.4   28.7   28.0   28.8   26.1  
Special charge   1.1          
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations   16.2   11.6   10.3   10.0   11.3  
Interest and other income, net   1.9   0.9   0.3   0.4   0.2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interest   18.1   12.5   10.6   10.4   11.5  
Provision for income taxes   (7.5 ) (5.3 ) (4.5 ) (4.2 ) (4.8 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income before minority interest   10.6   7.2   6.1   6.2   6.7  
Minority interest   0.1   (0.4 ) 0.4   0.6   0.0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   10.7 % 6.8 % 6.5 % 6.8 % 6.7 %
   
 
 
 
 
 

Twenty-four Weeks Ended May 16, 2003 Compared to Twenty-four Weeks Ended May 10, 2002

        Revenues.    Revenues increased $22.8 million, or 43.7%, from $52.2 million for the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 to $75.0 million for the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. The increase in revenues was due primarily to an increase in the number of employee consultants, particularly as a result of the acquisition of the CEV business, an increase in utilization, increased billing rates for our employee consultants, and an increase in expenses billed to clients. Revenues derived from fixed-price engagements increased from 5.4% for the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 to 22.8% for the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. This increase is primarily due to the acquisition of the CEV business, which traditionally entered into fixed-price engagements. The total number of employee consultants increased from 328 at May 10, 2002 to 348 at May 16, 2003. Utilization was 69% for the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 as compared with 72% for the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. We experienced revenue increases in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003 primarily in our chemicals and petroleum, materials and manufacturing, finance, and energy and environment practice areas. These increases were partially offset by a revenue decrease in our transportation practice area.

        Costs of Services.    Costs of services increased by $15.0 million, or 47.0%, from $31.9 million in the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 to $47.0 million in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. The increase was due primarily to an increase in the number of employee consultants, an overall increase in compensation expense for our employee consultants, and an increase in reimbursable expenses billed to clients. As a percentage of revenues, costs of services increased from 61.2% in the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 to 62.6% in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. The increase as a percentage of revenues was due primarily to an increase in reimbursable expenses, such as out-of-pocket expenses and third-party fees billed to clients.

        Selling, General, and Administrative.    Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased by $4.6 million, from $15.1 million in the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 to $19.6 million in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased from 28.8% in the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 to 26.1% in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. The primary contributors to the decrease as a percentage of revenues were decreases in overall compensation for administrative staff, legal and other professional fees, and travel expenses, and an overall increase in revenues at a greater rate than selling,

25



general and administrative expenses, which includes rent and other costs that are fixed in nature. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in rent and related expenses in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003 for estimated losses on subleases in our Washington, D.C. and downtown Los Angeles offices and a revenue-related increase in commission payments to outside experts.

        Interest and Other Income, Net.    Net interest and other income decreased by $30,000, or 13.8%, from $217,000 in the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 to $187,000 in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. This decrease resulted primarily from lower interest income due to the overall decline in short-term interest rates.

        Provision for Income Taxes.    The provision for income taxes increased by $1.4 million to $3.6 million in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. Our effective income tax rate increased from 40.2% in the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 to 41.5% in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. The lower rate in the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 was due primarily to a tax benefit related to the closure of a foreign office in the second quarter of fiscal 2002.

        Minority Interest.    Minority interest in the results of operations of NeuCo changed from a loss of $316,000 in the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 to a profit of $30,000 in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003 due to an increase in profits in NeuCo.

Fiscal 2002 Compared to Fiscal 2001

        Revenues.    Revenues increased $20.9 million, or 19.0%, from $109.8 million for fiscal 2001 to $130.7 million for fiscal 2002. The increase in revenues was due primarily to an increase in the number of employee consultants, particularly as a result of the acquisition of the CEV business, increased billing rates for our consultants, and to a lesser extent, an additional week of revenues in fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001, offset in part by a decrease in utilization and a decrease in NeuCo revenues. Utilization was 76% for fiscal 2001 as compared to 69% for fiscal 2002. Average utilization decreased in fiscal 2002 in part because of the acquisition of the CEV business, and otherwise would have averaged 73% for the year. The total number of employee consultants increased from 293 at the end of fiscal 2001 to 353 at the end of fiscal 2002. We experienced significant revenue increases during fiscal 2002 primarily in our chemicals and petroleum, finance, and electric utility practice areas.

        Costs of Services.    Costs of services increased by $15.1 million, or 23.0%, from $65.6 million in fiscal 2001 to $80.7 million in fiscal 2002. The increase was due primarily to an increase in the number of employee consultants, particularly those acquired from the acquisition of the CEV business, and to a lesser extent, an overall increase in salaries and bonuses paid to our employee consultants. As a percentage of revenues, costs of services increased from 59.7% in fiscal 2001 to 61.7% in fiscal 2002. The increase as a percentage of revenues was due primarily to lower utilization of our employee consultants, particularly as a result of the acquisition of the CEV business, where the related employee consultants were not immediately utilized to the same extent as our other employees.

        Selling, General, and Administrative.    Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased by $5.0 million, or 16.0%, from $31.6 million in fiscal 2001 to $36.6 million in fiscal 2002. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased from 28.7% in fiscal 2001 to 28.0% in fiscal 2002. The primary contributors to the decrease as a percentage of revenues were a decrease in amortization of goodwill resulting from our adoption of SFAS No. 142 and a decrease in commission payments to outside experts. These decreases were partially offset by increases in overall compensation for administrative staff and rent expense.

        Interest and Other Income, Net.    Net interest income decreased by $708,000, or 67.8%, from $1.0 million in fiscal 2001 to $337,000 in fiscal 2002. This decrease resulted primarily from the overall decline in short-term interest rates during fiscal 2002 and an increase in interest expense related to notes payable.

26


        Provision for Income Taxes.    The provision for income taxes increased by $31,000, or 0.5%, from $5.85 million in fiscal 2001 to $5.88 million in fiscal 2002. Our effective tax rate was unchanged at 42.7% in fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2002. Although our effective tax rate was unchanged, NeuCo's net losses, for some of which NeuCo cannot receive a current tax benefit, were offset by the use of certain net operating losses in Mexico that were previously fully reserved.

        Minority Interest.    Minority interest in the results of operations of NeuCo decreased from a gain of $416,000 in fiscal 2001 to a loss of $547,000 in fiscal 2002 due to a change from profit at NeuCo in fiscal 2001 to a loss in fiscal 2002.

Fiscal 2001 Compared to Fiscal 2000

        Revenues.    Revenues increased $27.3 million, or 33.0%, from $82.5 million for fiscal 2000 to $109.8 million for fiscal 2001. The increase in revenues was due primarily to an increase in the number of employee consultants, an increase in consulting services performed for new and existing clients during the period, and to a lesser extent, increased billing rates for our consultants. Utilization was 73% for fiscal 2000 as compared to 76% for fiscal 2001. The total number of employee consultants increased from 255 at the end of fiscal 2000 to 293 at the end of fiscal 2001. We experienced revenue increases during fiscal 2001 in both our legal and regulatory consulting services and business consulting services and, in particular, generated significant revenue increases in our competition and electric utility practice areas.

        Costs of Services.    Costs of services increased by $19.2 million, or 41.2%, from $46.4 million in fiscal 2000 to $65.6 million in fiscal 2001. As a percentage of revenues, costs of services increased from 56.3% in fiscal 2000 to 59.7% in fiscal 2001. The increase as a percentage of revenues was due primarily to an overall increase in salary and bonus paid to our more senior employee consultants and a shift in our employee base toward a larger percentage of these more highly compensated employee consultants.

        Selling, General, and Administrative.    Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased by $9.7 million, or 44.5%, from $21.8 million in fiscal 2000 to $31.6 million in fiscal 2001. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general, and administrative expenses increased from 26.4% in fiscal 2000 to 28.7% in fiscal 2001. Contributing to the increase were commission payments to outside experts, an increase in administrative staff, rents and other expenses for additional office space including foreign offices in London, Melbourne, and Wellington, an increase in indirect travel costs, and amortization costs related to an acquired business.

        Special Charge.    In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, we relocated our London and Washington, D.C. offices and recorded a special charge of $878,000, which consisted primarily of duplicate rent and the remaining lease obligations for the former space of these offices.

        Interest and Other Income, Net.    Net interest income decreased by $497,000, or 32.2%, from $1.5 million in fiscal 2000 to $1.0 million in fiscal 2001. This decrease resulted primarily from the overall decline in short term interest rates during fiscal 2001.

        Provision for Income Taxes.    The provision for income taxes decreased by $318,000, or 5.2%, from $6.2 million in fiscal 2000 to $5.8 million in fiscal 2001. Our effective tax rate increased slightly from 41.3% in fiscal 2000 to 42.7% in fiscal 2001 primarily due to foreign net operating losses not currently benefited.

        Minority Interest.    Minority interest in the results of operations of NeuCo increased from a loss of $70,000 in fiscal 2000 to a profit of $416,000 in fiscal 2001 due to an increase in revenues and profit in NeuCo.

27


Unaudited Quarterly Results

        The following table presents unaudited quarterly statement of income information for the ten quarters ended May 16, 2003. The information for the third fiscal quarter of fiscal 2001 and subsequent fiscal quarters includes the results of operations attributable to the acquisition of certain assets of PA Consulting Group, Inc. for the period after July 18, 2001. The information for the second fiscal quarter of fiscal 2002 and subsequent fiscal quarters includes the results of operations attributable to the acquisition of certain assets of the North American operations of the CEV business for the period after April 29, 2002. The information for the third fiscal quarter of fiscal 2002 and subsequent fiscal quarters includes the results of operations attributable to the acquisition of certain assets of the U.K. operations of the CEV business. The quarterly information for fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2002 is derived from and is qualified by reference to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus beginning on page F-1. In the opinion of our management, this information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information. The first, second, and fourth quarters of each fiscal year are 12-week periods, except that the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002 is a 13-week period. The third quarter of each fiscal year is a 16-week period. Accordingly, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful if the quarters being compared have different lengths. The results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. For risks associated with fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and results of operations, see "Risk Factors—Fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and results of operations could depress the market price of our common stock."

 
  Fiscal 2001
  Fiscal 2002
  Fiscal 2003
 
 
  Quarter ended
 
 
  Feb. 16,
2001

  May 11,
2001

  August 31,
2001

  Nov. 24,
2001

  Feb. 15,
2002

  May 10,
2002

  August 30,
2002

  Nov. 30,
2002

  Feb. 21,
2003

  May 16,
2003

 
 
  (12 weeks)

  (12 weeks)

  (16 weeks)

  (12 weeks)

  (12 weeks)

  (12 weeks)

  (16 weeks)

  (13 weeks)

  (12 weeks)

  (12 weeks)

 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Revenues   $ 21,144   $ 24,567   $ 34,914   $ 29,179   $ 24,202   $ 28,016   $ 42,027   $ 36,445   $ 34,785   $ 40,245  
Costs of services     12,531     14,660     20,926     17,473     14,677     17,266     25,598     23,118     21,698     25,261  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     8,613     9,907     13,988     11,706     9,525     10,750     16,429     13,327     13,087     14,984  
Selling, general and administrative     6,580     7,318     9,809     7,849     6,912     8,148     11,754     9,786     9,261     10,349  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations     2,033     2,589     4,179     3,857     2,613     2,602     4,675     3,541     3,826     4,635  
Interest and other income (expense), net     339     276     308     122     108     109     (61 )   181     (6 )   193  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interest     2,372     2,865     4,487     3,979     2,721     2,711     4,614     3,722     3,820     4,828  
Provision for income taxes     (1,082 )   (1,128 )   (1,894 )   (1,744 )   (1,129 )   (1,052 )   (2,079 )   (1,619 )   (1,572 )   (2,017 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before minority interest     1,290     1,737     2,593     2,235     1,592     1,659     2,535     2,103     2,248     2,811  
Minority interest     123     (33 )   (186 )   (320 )   (28 )   344     52     179     (41 )   11  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 1,413   $ 1,704   $ 2,407   $ 1,915   $ 1,564   $ 2,003   $ 2,587   $ 2,282   $ 2,207   $ 2,822  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        As of May 16, 2003, we had cash and cash equivalents of $23.3 million, short-term and long-term investments of $5.0 million, and working capital of $43.5 million.

28



        In the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003, net cash provided by operating activities was $7.6 million, resulting primarily from net income of $5.0 million and an increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities of $5.1 million, offset in part by an increase in accounts receivable of $5.1 million. Net cash provided by operating activities was $13.4 million for fiscal 2002, $5.9 million for fiscal 2001, and $2.9 million for fiscal 2000. In fiscal 2002, cash generated from operating activities resulted primarily from net income of $8.4 million and an increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities of $5.3 million, offset in part by an increase in accounts receivable of $1.4 million and an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.8 million. In fiscal 2001, cash generated from operating activities resulted primarily from net income of $7.4 million and an increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities of $5.3 million, offset in part by an increase in accounts receivable of $3.6 million and an increase in unbilled services of $4.2 million. In fiscal 2000, cash generated from operating activities resulted primarily from net income of $8.8 million, offset in part by an increase in accounts receivable of $5.6 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities for the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003 was $2.5 million, consisting of $3.0 million used to purchase property and equipment, offset by net sales of investments of $0.5 million. Net cash used in investing activities was $14.8 million for fiscal 2002, $3.1 million for fiscal 2001, and $5.4 million for fiscal 2000. In fiscal 2002, net cash used in investing activities consisted principally of $10.5 million used to purchase certain assets of the North American and U.K. operations of the CEV business and $3.9 million used to purchase property and equipment. Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2001 consisted of $3.6 million used to purchase furniture, fixtures, and computer equipment, offset by net sales of investments. Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2000 consisted of $4.8 million used to acquire the consulting business of Dr. Gordon C. Rausser and $3.4 million used to purchase furniture, fixtures, and computer equipment, offset in part by net sales of short-term investments of $2.9 million.

        Net cash used in financing activities for the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003 was $0.8 million, consisting principally of the final payments on notes payable in connection with the acquisition of a line of business from PA Consulting Group, Inc. in July 2001 and a payment made in March 2003 by NeuCo to repurchase and cancel shares from a minority interest stockholder. Net cash used in financing activities was $2.0 million for fiscal 2002 and $1.1 million for fiscal 2001, consisting principally of payments on notes payable in connection with the acquisition of a line of business from PA Consulting Group, Inc. The notes were payable on a quarterly basis through December 31, 2002. Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2002 was offset in part by $0.7 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock. In fiscal 2000, our financing activities generated net cash of $2.8 million, which reflects $3.4 million resulting from a net investment in NeuCo by Babcock Borsig Power GmbH, offset in part by payments made on notes payable to former stockholders, by payments on a loan from minority interest owners of NeuCo, and by costs related to our sale of stock in a public offering in fiscal 1999.

        In connection with our acquisition of the consulting business of Dr. Rausser, we loaned Dr. Rausser $4.5 million, which he used to purchase shares of our common stock. The loan is scheduled to be repaid in 2004. If the acquired business meets specified performance targets, we will owe Dr. Rausser additional consideration, payable in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. We are currently in discussion with Dr. Rausser, who may agree to extend substantially the duration of his exclusive relationship with us, and we may agree to extend the time for the repayment of his loan and for him to meet his specified performance targets.

        We currently have available a $2.0 million revolving line of credit with our bank, which is secured by our accounts receivable. This line of credit automatically renews each year on June 30 unless terminated earlier by either our bank or us. No borrowings were outstanding under this line of credit as of July 29, 2003.

29



        We believe that our proceeds from this offering, our current cash balances, cash generated from our operations, and credit available under our bank line of credit will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months.

        To date, inflation has not had a material impact on our financial results. There can be no assurance, however, that inflation will not adversely affect our financial results in the future.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

        As of May 16, 2003, we were exposed to market risks, which primarily include changes in U.S. interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.

        We maintain a portion of our investments in financial instruments with purchased maturities of one year or less and a portion of our investments in financial instruments with purchased maturities of two years or less. These financial instruments are subject to interest rate risk and will decline in value if interest rates increase. Because these financial instruments are readily marketable, an immediate increase in interest rates would not have a material effect on our financial position.

        We are subject to risk from changes in foreign exchange rates for our subsidiaries that use a foreign currency as their functional currency. We do not currently enter into foreign exchange agreements to hedge our exposure, but we may do so in the future if our foreign operations expand.

30



BUSINESS

Introduction

        We are a leading economic and business consulting firm that applies advanced analytic techniques and in-depth industry knowledge to complex engagements for a broad range of clients. Founded in 1965, we work with businesses, law firms, accounting firms, and governments in providing original, authoritative advice and a wide range of services around the world. We combine economic and financial analysis with expertise in litigation and regulatory support, business strategy and planning, market and demand forecasting, policy analysis, and engineering and technology strategy. We are often retained in high-stakes matters, such as multibillion-dollar mergers and acquisitions, new product introductions, major strategy and capital investment decisions, and complex litigation, the outcomes of which often have significant implications or consequences for the parties involved. Matters such as these often require independent analysis, and as a result companies must outsource this work to outside experts. Companies turn to us because we can provide large teams of highly credentialed and experienced economic and finance experts to address complex, high-stakes matters.

        We offer consulting services in two broad areas: legal and regulatory consulting, which represents approximately 65% of our services revenues, and business consulting, which represents approximately 35% of our services revenues. We provide our services primarily through our highly credentialed and experienced staff of employee consultants. As of May 16, 2003, we employed 348 consultants, including 97 employee consultants with doctorates and 113 employee consultants with other advanced degrees. Our employee consultants have backgrounds in a wide range of disciplines, including economics, business, corporate finance, materials sciences, and engineering. We are extremely selective in our hiring of consultants, recruiting from leading universities, industry, and government. Many of our employee consultants are nationally or internationally recognized as experts in their respective fields and have published scholarly articles, lectured extensively, and have been quoted in the press. To enhance the expertise we provide to our clients, we maintain close working relationships with a select group of renowned academic and industry experts, or outside experts.

        Our business is diversified across multiple dimensions, including service offerings, vertical industry coverage, areas of functional expertise, client base, and geography. Through 16 offices located around the world, we provide multiple services across ten areas of functional expertise to hundreds of clients across 12 vertical industries. We believe this diversification reduces our dependence on any particular market, industry, or geographic area.

        In our legal and regulatory consulting practice, we work with law firms and businesses involved in litigation and regulatory proceedings, providing expert advice on highly technical issues, such as the competitive effects of mergers and acquisitions, antitrust issues, calculations of damages, measurement of market share and market concentration, liability analysis in securities fraud cases, and the impact of increased regulation. This business is driven primarily by regulatory changes and high-stakes legal proceedings, which typically occur without regard to the business cycle.

        In our business consulting practice, we use our expertise in economics, finance, and business analysis to offer our clients such services as strategy development, performance improvement, corporate portfolio analysis, estimation of market demand, new product pricing strategies, valuation of intellectual property and other assets, assessment of competitors' actions, and analysis of new sources of supply.

        Our analytical expertise in advanced economic and financial methods is complemented by our in-depth expertise in specific industries, including aerospace and defense, chemicals, electric power and other energy industries, financial services, healthcare, materials and manufacturing, media, oil and gas, pharmaceuticals, sports, telecommunications, and transportation.

        We have completed thousands of engagements for clients around the world, including domestic and foreign companies; federal, state, and local government agencies; governments of foreign countries;

31



public and private utilities; and national and international trade associations. Our clients come from a broad range of industries, with our top ten clients in fiscal 2002 accounting for approximately 25% of our revenues and no single client accounting for more than 5% of our revenues. We also work with many of the world's leading law firms. We experience a high level of repeat business; in fiscal 2002, approximately 80% of our revenues resulted from either ongoing engagements or new engagements for existing clients.

        We deliver our services through a global network of 16 coordinated offices located domestically in Boston, Massachusetts; College Station and Houston, Texas; Los Angeles, Oakland, and Palo Alto, California; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Salt Lake City, Utah; and Washington, D.C., and internationally in Brussels, Belgium; Dubai, United Arab Emirates; London, United Kingdom; Melbourne, Australia; Mexico City, Mexico; Toronto, Canada; and Wellington, New Zealand.

        Since our initial public offering in April 1998, we have experienced significant growth. Our revenues have grown from $44.8 million in fiscal 1997 to $130.7 million in fiscal 2002, an increase of approximately 192%, or a compounded annual growth rate of 24% per year. Since our initial public offering, we have increased the number of our offices from three to 16, including seven international offices. We have increased the number of our consultants from 120 to 348 at the end of our second fiscal quarter in 2003, and those with doctorates or other advanced degrees from 73 to 210. We have also increased our practice areas and expanded our vertical industry coverage. We have accomplished this growth through a combination of internal expansion and six acquisitions. We have successfully acquired and integrated consulting firms into our culture while retaining the key employees and delivering consistent, high quality services.

Industry Overview

        Businesses are operating in an increasingly complex environment. Technology has provided companies with almost instantaneous access to a wide range of internal information, such as supply costs, inventory values, and sales and pricing data, as well as external information, such as market demand forecasts and customer buying patterns. The Internet has changed traditional distribution channels, thereby eliminating barriers to entry in many industries and spurring new competition. At the same time, markets are becoming increasingly global, offering companies the opportunity to expand their presence throughout the world and exposing them to increased competition and the uncertainties of foreign operations. Many industries are consolidating as companies pursue mergers and acquisitions in response to an increase in competitive pressures and to expand their market opportunities. In addition, companies are increasingly relying on technological and business innovations to improve efficiency, thus increasing the importance of strategically analyzing their businesses and developing and protecting new technology. As a result of this increasingly competitive and complex business environment, companies must constantly gather, analyze, and use available information to enhance their business strategies and operational efficiencies.

        The increasing complexity and changing nature of the business environment are also forcing governments to modify their regulatory strategies. For example, industries such as healthcare are subject to frequently changing regulations, and other industries, such as telecommunications and electric power, have been significantly impacted by deregulation. Similarly, numerous high-profile corporate misdeeds led to the passage of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which significantly enhanced the financial disclosure requirements applicable to public companies. These constant changes in the regulatory environment have led to frequent litigation and interaction with government agencies as companies attempt to interpret and react to the implications of this changing environment. Furthermore, as the general business and regulatory environment becomes more complex, corporate litigation has also become more complicated, protracted, expensive, and important to the parties involved.

32



        As a result, companies are increasingly relying on sophisticated economic and financial analysis to solve complex problems and improve decision-making. Economic and financial models provide the tools necessary to analyze a variety of issues confronting businesses, such as interpretation of sales data, effects of price changes, valuation of assets, assessment of competitors' activities, evaluation of new products, and analysis of supply limitations. Governments are also relying, to an increasing extent, on economic and finance theory to measure the effects of anticompetitive activity, evaluate mergers and acquisitions, change regulations, implement auctions to allocate resources, and establish transfer pricing rules. Finally, litigants and law firms are using economic and finance theory to help determine liability and to calculate damages in complex and high-stakes litigation. As the need for complex economic and financial analysis becomes more widespread, we believe that companies and governments are turning to outside consultants for access to the specialized expertise, experience, and prestige that are not available to them internally.

Competitive Strengths

        Since 1965, we have been committed to providing sophisticated consulting services to our clients. We believe that the following factors have been critical to our success.

        Strong Reputation for High-Quality Consulting; High Level of Repeat Business.    For more than 37 years, we have been a leader in providing sophisticated economic analysis and original, authoritative advice to clients involved in complex litigation and regulatory proceedings. As a result, we believe we have established a strong reputation among leading law firms and business clients as a preferred source of expertise in economics, finance, business, and strategy consulting, as evidenced by our high level of repeat business and significant referrals from existing clients. In fiscal 2002, approximately 80% of our revenues resulted from ongoing engagements and new engagements for existing clients. In addition, we believe our significant name recognition, which we developed as a result of our work on many high-profile litigation and regulatory engagements, has enhanced the development of our business consulting practice.

        Highly Educated, Experienced, and Versatile Consulting Staff.    We believe our most important asset is our base of employee consultants, particularly our senior consultants. Of our 348 employee consultants as of May 16, 2003, 224 were either vice presidents, principals, associate principals, or senior associates, nearly all of whom have a doctorate or other advanced degree. Many of these senior employee consultants are nationally or internationally recognized as experts in their respective fields. In addition to their expertise in a particular field, most of our employee consultants are able to apply their skills across numerous practice areas. This flexibility in staffing engagements is critical to our ability to apply our resources as needed to meet the demands of our clients. As a result, we seek to hire consultants who not only have strong analytical skills, but who are also creative, intellectually curious, and driven to develop expertise in new practice areas and industries.

        Global Presence.    We deliver our services through a global network of 16 coordinated offices, including nine domestic and seven international offices. Our international offices are in Brussels, Dubai, London, Melbourne, Mexico City, Toronto, and Wellington, New Zealand. Many of our clients are multi-national firms with issues that cross international boundaries, and we believe our global presence provides us with a competitive advantage to address complex issues that span countries and continents. Our global presence also gives us access to many of the leading experts around the world on a variety of issues, allowing us to expand our knowledge base and areas of functional expertise.

        Diversified Business.    Our business is diversified across multiple dimensions, including service offerings, vertical industry coverage, areas of expertise, client base, and geography. Through 16 offices located around the world, we provide multiple services across ten areas of functional expertise to hundreds of clients across 12 vertical industries. By maintaining expertise in multiple industries, we are able to offer clients creative and pragmatic advice tailored to their specific markets. By offering clients

33



both legal and regulatory consulting services and business consulting services, we are able to satisfy an array of client needs, ranging from expert testimony for complex lawsuits to designing global business strategies. This broad range of expertise enables us to take an interdisciplinary approach to certain engagements, combining economists and experts in one area with specialists in other disciplines. We believe this diversification reduces our dependence on any particular market, industry, or geographic area. Furthermore, our legal and regulatory consulting business is driven primarily by regulatory changes and high-stakes legal proceedings, which typically occur without regard to the business cycle. Our diversity also enhances our expertise and the range of issues that we can address on behalf of our clients.

        Diversified Client Base.    We have completed thousands of engagements for clients in a broad range of industries around the world. In fiscal 2002, our top ten clients accounted for approximately 25% of our revenues, with no single client accounting for more than 5% of our revenues. Our clients include major firms in: computers and telecommunications; media, entertainment, and professional sport leagues; transportation; pharmaceuticals; chemicals, oil, and gas; electric utilities, environment, and other energies; materials and manufacturing; aerospace and defense; foods and other consumer goods; investment banking; public accounting and other professional services; and retailing.

        Established Corporate Culture.    Our success has resulted in part from our established corporate culture. We believe we attract consultants because of our more than 37-year history, our strong reputation, the credentials, experience, and reputation of our employee consultants, the opportunity to work on an array of matters with a broad group of renowned outside experts, and our collegial atmosphere. Our attractiveness as an employer is reflected in our low voluntary turnover rate among senior employee consultants, which has been below 10% per year in recent years. We believe our corporate culture has also contributed to our ability to integrate acquisitions successfully.

        Access to Leading Academic and Industry Experts.    To enhance the expertise we provide to our clients, we maintain close working relationships with a select group of outside experts. Depending on client needs, we use outside experts for their specialized expertise, assistance in conceptual problem-solving, and expert witness testimony. We work regularly with renowned professors at Brigham Young University, Cornell University, Georgetown University, Harvard University, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Stanford University, Texas A&M University, the University of California at Berkeley, the University of California at Los Angeles, the University of Toronto, the University of Virginia, and other leading universities. Outside experts also generate business for us and provide us access to other leading academic and industry experts. By establishing affiliations with prestigious outside experts, we further enhance our reputation as a leading source of sophisticated economic and financial analysis. We have exclusive relationships with 28 outside experts and non-exclusive relationships with numerous additional outside experts.

        Demonstrated Success with Acquisitions.    Since fiscal 1998, we have made six acquisitions. These acquisitions have contributed to our growth in revenues, number of consultants, geographic presence, vertical industry coverage, and areas of functional expertise. In each case, we have been able to integrate these acquisitions into our culture and retain the key consultants, in part because of our systematic approach to the integration of acquired businesses. We devote a substantial amount of effort to ensuring that acquired consultants understand our compensation system and have expectations and incentives similar to those of our existing consultants. We make efforts to place acquired consultants appropriately within our management hierarchy, and we regularly appoint acquired consultants to internal committees to provide meaningful participation in the management of our business. We also promote the integrated staffing of new engagements so that existing and acquired consultants begin to work together as a team. We believe our success with these acquisitions is a key competitive advantage that will allow us to pursue additional acquisitions to expand the breadth and scope of services we provide.

34



Growth Strategy

        We intend to enhance our position as a leading economic and business consulting firm by pursuing the following growth strategy:

        Attract and Retain High Quality Consultants.    Since our employee consultants are our most important asset, our ability to attract and retain highly credentialed and experienced consultants both to work on engagements and to generate new business is crucial to our success. In order to attract highly qualified consultants, we offer competitive compensation and benefits and have developed a career enhancement program that offers consultants career enrichment opportunities and access to individualized training and mentoring programs. We grant stock options to selected employees as part of our effort to attract and retain consultants.

        Leverage Investments in Areas of Functional Expertise, Vertical Industry Coverage, and Geographic Presence.    Since 1998, we have made significant investments in the expansion of our business, including acquisitions, the addition of areas of functional expertise and vertical industry coverage, and the opening of several offices. We have significantly increased our global presence with the addition of seven international offices. In recent quarters, we have begun to see the benefits of this expansion as we have grown revenues without making commensurate increases in staff and general and administrative expenses, leading to improved operating margins. We intend to continue to leverage the investments in expertise and infrastructure we have made in recent years.

        Continue to Build Brand Equity and Increase Marketing Activities.    Although we have historically relied primarily on our reputation and client referrals for new business, we have expanded our marketing activities in order to attract new clients and increase our exposure. For example, we have increased our presence at selected conferences, seminars, and public speaking engagements to generate additional client referrals and leads for new clients. We have also increased circulation of our publications to clients, which highlight emerging trends and our noteworthy engagements, and have encouraged our consultants to publish articles more frequently in the trade press and academic journals. We intend to continue to pursue these and other opportunities to expand our marketing activities.

        Establish Relationships with Additional Outside Experts.    We intend to develop additional relationships with leading academic and industry experts. Since our initial public offering, we have increased the number of exclusive relationships we have with outside experts from eight to 28. Outside experts help us serve our clients better, provide us with new sources of business, and expand our network of academic affiliations. Moreover, we believe that affiliations with additional, prestigious outside experts will further enhance our reputation and aid in recruiting consultants.

        Pursue Strategic Acquisitions.    We intend to continue to expand our operations through the acquisition of complementary businesses. Given the highly fragmented nature of the consulting industry, we believe that there are numerous opportunities to acquire small consulting firms. For example, we acquired The Tilden Group in December 1998, FinEcon in February 1999, the consulting business of Dr. Gordon C. Rausser in October 2000, certain assets from PA Consulting Group, Inc. in July 2001, and the North American and U.K. operations of the CEV business in April and May 2002, respectively. We believe the acquisition of complementary businesses will provide us with additional employee consultants, new service offerings, additional industry expertise, a broader client base, or offices in new geographic locations.

35


Services

        We offer services in two broad areas: legal and regulatory consulting and business consulting. Engagements in our two service areas often involve similar areas of expertise and address related issues, and it is common for our consultants to work on engagements in both service areas. We estimate that we derived approximately 65% of our service revenues in fiscal 2002 from legal and regulatory consulting and approximately 35% from business consulting. Together, these two service areas comprised approximately 97% of our consolidated revenues in fiscal 2002; the remaining consolidated revenues, approximately 3%, came from our NeuCo subsidiary.

        In our legal and regulatory consulting practice, we usually work closely with law firms on behalf of one or more companies involved in litigation or regulatory proceedings. Many of the lawsuits and regulatory proceedings in which we are involved are high-stakes matters, such as obtaining regulatory approval of a pending merger or analyzing possible damages awards in a securities fraud case. The ability to formulate and communicate effectively powerful economic and financial arguments to courts and regulatory agencies is often critical to a successful outcome in litigation and regulatory proceedings. Through our highly educated and experienced consulting staff, we apply advanced analytic techniques in economics and finance to complex engagements for a diverse group of clients. Our consultants work with law firms to assist in developing the theory of the case, preparing the testimony of expert witnesses, and preparing for the cross-examination of adverse witnesses. We also provide or identify expert witnesses from among our employees and from among our outside experts or others in academia. In addition, our consultants provide general litigation support, including reviewing legal briefs and assisting in the appeals process.

        The following is a summary of the areas of functional expertise that we offer in legal and regulatory consulting engagements.

Areas of Functional Expertise

  Description of Services
Antitrust   Expert testimony and analysis to support law firms and their clients involved in antitrust litigation. Areas of expertise include collusion, price signaling, monopolization, tying, exclusionary conduct, resale price maintenance, predatory pricing, and price discrimination.

Finance

 

Valuations of businesses, products, intellectual property, contracts, and securities. Expert testimony on valuation theory. Risk assessment for derivative securities. Computations of damages and liability analysis in securities fraud cases.

Environment

 

Expert testimony and consulting for environmental disputes in litigation proceedings and before government agencies. Services include determining responsibility for cleanups; estimating damages for spills, disposals, and other environmental injuries; performing regulatory cost-benefit analysis; and developing innovative compliance techniques, such as emissions trading.

Mergers and Acquisitions

 

Economic analysis to assist clients in obtaining domestic and foreign regulatory approvals, in proceedings before government agencies, such as the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice, the Merger Task Force at the European Commission, and the Canadian Competition Bureau. Analyses include simulating the effects of mergers on prices, estimating demand elasticities, designing and administering customer and consumer surveys, and studying possible acquisition-related synergies.
     

36



Intellectual Property

 

Consulting and expert testimony in patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret, and unfair competition disputes. Services include valuing property rights and estimating lost profits, reasonable royalties, unjust enrichment, and prejudgment interest.

Damages

 

Calculation of damages and critiquing opposing estimates of damages in complex commercial litigation. Analyses of specific economic attributes, such as price and sales volume, using expertise in applied microeconomics and econometrics.

International Trade

 

Expert testimony and consulting in international trade disputes. Expertise includes antidumping, countervailing duty examinations, and other disputes involving a wide range of industries and numerous countries.

        In our business consulting practice, we typically provide services directly to companies seeking assistance with strategic issues that require expert economic, financial, or business analysis. Many of these matters involve "mission-critical" decisions for clients, who often need strategic and implementation support for major business transactions or transformations. We apply a highly analytical, quantitative, and focused approach to help companies analyze and respond to market forces and competitive pressures that affect their businesses. We offer analytical advice in areas such as shareholder value and business portfolio analysis, asset and liability valuation, competitive strategy and new product pricing, performance improvement, organizational design, change management, technology strategy, and asset auctions. Applying our in-depth knowledge of specific industries, we are able to provide insightful, value-added advice to our clients. Our business consulting projects are staffed with experienced senior consultants who use a collaborative team approach to offer clients practical and creative advice by challenging conventional approaches and generally avoiding predetermined solutions or methodologies.

        The following is a summary of the areas of functional expertise that we offer in business consulting engagements.

Areas of Functional Expertise

  Description of Services
Business Strategy   Advising clients on investment opportunities, cost-reduction programs, turnaround strategies, risk management, capital investments, due diligence investigations, valuations, and pricing strategies. Conducting shareholder value and business portfolio analyses. Assessment of the strategic and financial fit of acquisition candidates. Analyses include assessment of competitive advantages, efficiencies, and antitrust implications of acquisitions.

Finance

 

Valuing businesses, products, intellectual property, contracts, and securities. Assessing risk for derivative securities, testing of forward price curves, and marking-to-market for fair valuation.

Market Analysis

 

Advising clients on product introductions and positioning, pricing strategies, competitive threats and probable market reactions to proposed actions. Analyses include identifying and understanding market trends, measuring market size, estimating supply and demand balances, analyzing procurement strategies, and evaluating the impact of government regulations.
     

37



Intellectual Property and Technology Strategy

 

Assisting clients in managing industrial technologies from assessment through implementation, including analysis of the development process for products and services. Assessing the commercialization of new technologies by quantifying the costs and benefits of obtaining and implementing new technology. Conducting competitive analyses through statistical comparisons of key factors, such as raw materials costs and productivity. Analyzing how to maximize value from intellectual property portfolios.

Industry Expertise

        We believe our ability to combine expertise in advanced economic and financial methods with in-depth knowledge of particular industries is one of our key competitive strengths. By maintaining expertise in certain industries, we provide clients practical advice tailored to their specific markets. This industry expertise, which we developed over decades of providing sophisticated consulting services to a diverse group of clients in many industries, differentiates us from many of our competitors. We believe that we have developed a strong reputation and substantial name recognition within specific industries, which has lead to repeat business and new engagements from clients in those markets. While we provide services to clients in a wide variety of industries, we have particular expertise in the following industries:

Clients

        We have completed thousands of engagements for clients around the world, including domestic and foreign corporations; federal, state, and local government agencies; governments of foreign countries; public and private utilities; and national and international trade associations. Very frequently, we work with major law firms who approach us on behalf of their own clients. While we have particular expertise in a number of industries, we provide services to a diverse group of clients in a broad range of industries. No single client accounted for more than 5% of our revenues in fiscal 2002. Our policy is to keep the identities of our clients confidential unless our work for the client is already publicly disclosed.

38



        The following are examples of our client engagements:



Software Subsidiary

        NeuCo, a subsidiary of which we own 59.7%, develops and markets a family of neural network software tools and complementary application consulting services that are currently focused on electric utilities. Although NeuCo had its origins in one of our consulting engagements, it is primarily a software company that operates independently from our consulting business. NeuCo's products and services are designed to help utilities optimize the use of their power plants by improving heat rate, reducing emissions, overcoming operating constraints, and increasing output capability. NeuCo earned

39



revenues of approximately $2.8 million in fiscal 2000, $5.1 million in fiscal 2001, $3.4 million in fiscal 2002, and $1.9 million in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003. NeuCo sustained a net loss of approximately $139,000 in fiscal 2000, generated a net profit of approximately $839,000 in fiscal 2001, sustained a net loss of approximately $1.1 million in fiscal 2002, and generated a net profit of $72,000 in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003.

Human Resources

        On May 16, 2003, we had 486 employees, including 348 employee consultants, comprising 88 vice presidents, 161 other senior employee consultants (either principals, associate principals, senior associates, or consulting associates) and 99 junior consultants (either associates or analysts), as well as 138 administrative staff members. Vice presidents and principals generally work closely with clients, supervise junior consultants, provide expert testimony on occasion, and seek to generate business for CRA. Principals, associate principals, senior associates, and consulting associates typically serve as project managers and handle complex research assignments. Consulting associates, associates, and analysts gather and analyze data sets and complete statistical programming and library research.

        We derive most of our revenues directly from the services provided by our employee consultants. Our employee consultants were responsible for securing engagements that accounted for approximately 67% of our total revenues in fiscal 2001 and 69% of our total revenues in fiscal 2002. Our top five employee consultants generated approximately 19% of our total revenues in fiscal 2001 and 16% in fiscal 2002. Our employee consultants have backgrounds in many disciplines, including economics, business, corporate finance, materials sciences, and engineering. Most of our senior employee consultants, consisting of vice presidents, principals, associate principals, senior associates, and consulting associates, have either a doctorate or another advanced degree in addition to substantial management, technical, or industry expertise. Of our total senior employee consulting staff of 249 as of May 16, 2003, 97 have doctorates, and 113 have other advanced degrees. We believe our financial results and reputation are directly related to the number and quality of our employee consultants.

        We are highly selective in our hiring of consultants, recruiting primarily from leading universities, industry, and government. We believe consultants choose to work for us because of our strong reputation; the credentials, experience, and reputation of our consultants; the opportunity to work on a diverse range of matters and with renowned outside experts; and our collegial atmosphere. We believe that our attractiveness as an employer is reflected in our relatively low turnover rate among employees. We use a decentralized, team hiring approach. We have a selective group of leading universities and degree programs from which we recruit candidates.

        Our training and career development program for our employee consultants focuses on three areas: supervision, seminars, and scheduled courses. This program is designed to complement on-the-job experience and an employee's pursuit of his or her own career development. New employee consultants participate in a structured program in which they are partnered with an assigned mentor. Through our ongoing seminar program, outside speakers make presentations and conduct discussions with our employee consultants on various topics. In addition, employee consultants are expected to present papers, discuss significant cases, or outline new analytical techniques or marketing opportunities periodically at in-house seminars. We also provide scheduled courses designed to improve an employee's professional skills, such as presentation and sales and marketing techniques. We also encourage our employee consultants to pursue their academic interests by writing articles for economic and other journals.

        Most of our vice presidents have signed non-solicitation agreements, which generally prohibit the employee from soliciting our clients or soliciting and/or hiring our employees for one year or longer following termination of the person's employment with CRA. In order to align each vice president's interest with our overall interests and profitability, we have adopted a policy requiring each of our vice presidents to have an equity interest in us. All of our senior employee consultants who were

40



stockholders before our initial public offering are parties to a stock restriction agreement that prohibits them, except under certain circumstances, from selling or otherwise transferring shares of our common stock held immediately before the initial public offering and generally enables us to repurchase a portion of these shares at a substantial discount if they were to leave us during the restriction period. The amount of shares subject to these restrictions declines over the life of the agreement.

        We maintain a discretionary bonus program through which we grant performance-based bonuses to our officers and other employees. Our compensation committee, in its discretion, determines the bonuses to be granted to our officers, and our chief executive officer, in his discretion, determines the bonuses to be granted to our other employees, based on recommendations of the various committees supervising the employees' work.

        In addition, we work closely with a select group of outside experts from leading universities and industry, who supplement the work of our employee consultants and generate business for us. In each of fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2002, six of our exclusive outside experts were responsible for securing engagements that accounted for approximately 28% and 21% of our revenues in those years. We believe outside experts choose to work with us because of the interesting and challenging nature of our work, the opportunity to work with our quality-oriented consultants, and the financially rewarding nature of the work. Twenty-eight outside experts, generally comprising the more active of those with whom we work, have entered into non-competition agreements with us as of May 16, 2003.

Marketing

        We rely to a significant extent on the efforts of our employee consultants, particularly our vice presidents and principals, to market our services. We encourage our employee consultants to generate new business from both existing and new clients, and we reward our employee consultants with increased compensation and promotions for obtaining new business. In pursuing new business, our consultants emphasize our institutional reputation and experience, while also promoting the expertise of the particular employees who will work on the matter. Many of our consultants have published articles in industry, business, economic, legal, and scientific journals, and have made speeches and presentations at industry conferences and seminars, which serve as a means of attracting new business and enhancing their reputations. On occasion, employee consultants work with one or more outside experts to market our services.

        We supplement the personal marketing efforts of our employee consultants with firm-wide initiatives. We rely primarily on our reputation and client referrals for new business and undertake traditional marketing activities. We regularly organize seminars for existing and potential clients featuring panel members that include our consultants, outside experts, and leading government officials. We have an extensive set of brochures organized around our service areas, which describes our experience and capabilities. We also provide information about CRA on our corporate Web site. We distribute publications to existing and potential clients highlighting emerging trends and noteworthy engagements. Because existing clients are an important source of repeat business and referrals, we communicate regularly with our existing clients to keep them informed of developments that affect their markets and industries.

        In our legal and regulatory consulting practice, we derive much of our new business from referrals by existing clients. We have worked with leading law firms across the country and believe we have developed a reputation among law firms as a preferred source of sophisticated economic advice for litigation and regulatory work. For our business consulting practice, we also rely on referrals from existing clients, but supplement referrals with a significant amount of direct marketing to new clients through conferences, publications, presentations, and direct solicitations.

        We have recently undertaken a corporate branding initiative. The purpose of the initiative is to establish a unified corporate look and ensure that our corporate materials reflect our image and reinforce our business strategy. Our goal is to articulate our value proposition more effectively to the

41



marketplace and produce a more consistent "look and feel" for our corporate collateral materials. As part of the initiative, we have engaged a professional branding firm and organized several internal working groups representing a broad cross-section of our offices and practice areas. We intend to launch our new brand in the spring of 2004.

        It is important to us that we conduct business ethically and in accordance with industry standards and our own rigorous professional standards. We carefully consider the pursuit of each specific market, client, and engagement. Before we accept a new client or engagement, we determine whether a conflict of interest exists by circulating a client development report among our senior staff and by checking our internal client database. If we accept an engagement where a potential conflict could arise, we take steps to separate the employee consultants working on other matters that could conflict with the new engagement in an effort to prevent the exchange of confidential information.

Competition

        The market for economic and business consulting services is intensely competitive, highly fragmented, and subject to rapid change. In general, there are few barriers to entry into our markets, and we expect to face additional competition from new entrants into the economic and business consulting industries. In the legal and regulatory consulting market, we compete primarily with other economic consulting firms and individual academics. We believe the principal competitive factors in this market are reputation, analytical ability, industry expertise, and service. In the business consulting market, we compete primarily with other business and management consulting firms, specialized or industry-specific consulting firms, the consulting practices of large accounting firms, and the internal professional resources of existing and potential clients. We believe the principal competitive factors in this market are reputation, industry expertise, analytical ability, service, and price. Many of our competitors have national and international reputations as well as significantly greater personnel, financial, managerial, technical, and marketing resources than we do. Some of our competitors also have a significantly broader geographic presence than we do. We may be unable to compete successfully with our existing competitors or with any new competitors.

Facilities

        In the aggregate, as of May 16, 2003, we lease approximately 201,000 square feet of office space in Boston, Massachusetts and for our other offices. Of this total, we have subleased to other companies approximately 21,000 square feet of our office space.

        All of our offices are electronically linked and have access to our core consulting tools. We believe our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current requirements and that suitable space will be available as needed.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not a party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, in the opinion of our management, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

42



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        Our executive officers and directors are as follows:

Name

  Age
  Position

Rowland T. Moriarty(1)(2)(3)   56   Chairman of the board
Franklin M. Fisher(3)   68   Vice chairman of the board
James C. Burrows(3)   59   President, chief executive officer, and director
J. Phillip Cooper   59   Chief financial officer, executive vice president, and treasurer
Robert J. Larner   61   Executive vice president
C. Christopher Maxwell   48   Executive vice president
William F. Concannon(2)(4)   47   Director
Carl Kaysen(4)   83   Director
Ronald T. Maheu(1)(4)   61   Director
Steven C. Salop   56   Director
Carl Shapiro   48   Director

(1)
Member of the governance committee

(2)
Member of the compensation committee

(3)
Member of the executive committee

(4)
Member of the audit committee

        Rowland T. Moriarty has served as a director since 1986 and as our chairman of the board of directors since May 2002. From December 1992 until May 2002, Dr. Moriarty served as our vice chairman of the board of directors. Dr. Moriarty is also the chairman and a stockholder of NeuCo, Inc., one of our subsidiaries. Dr. Moriarty has served as chairman and chief executive officer of Cubex Corporation, an international marketing consulting firm, since 1992. Dr. Moriarty was a professor at Harvard Business School from 1981 to 1992. He received his D.B.A. from Harvard University in 1980. He is a director of Staples, Inc. and Trammell Crow Company.

        Franklin M. Fisher has served as an outside expert and a director since 1967. Since May 2002, Dr. Fisher has served as our vice chairman of the board of directors. From April 1997 until May 2002, Dr. Fisher served as our chairman of the board of directors. Dr. Fisher has been professor of economics at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology since 1965, and the president and sole employee of FMF, Inc., an economic consulting firm, since 1980. Dr. Fisher is also a director of the National Bureau of Economic Research. He received his Ph.D. in economics from Harvard University in 1960.

        James C. Burrows joined us in 1967 and has served as our president and chief executive officer since March 1995 and as a director since April 1993. Dr. Burrows is also a director of NeuCo. From December 1992 to February 2001, Dr. Burrows directed our legal and regulatory consulting practice. From 1971 to March 1995, Dr. Burrows served as a vice president and from June 1987 to December 1992 also directed our economic litigation program. Dr. Burrows received his Ph.D. in economics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1970.

        J. Phillip Cooper has served as our chief financial officer and treasurer since January 2003 and as our executive vice president since February 2001. Dr. Cooper previously served as our interim chief financial officer from October 2002 to January 2003 and as our vice president of corporate development from May 2000 to February 2001. From November 1995 to May 2000, Dr. Cooper served as president of Kona Bay Associates, a consulting company. From August 1999 to May 2000,

43



Dr. Cooper also served as chief executive officer of e-VIP, Inc., a boutique investment banking company. Dr. Cooper received his Ph.D. in economics and finance from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1972.

        Robert J. Larner has served as our executive vice president and directed our legal and regulatory consulting practice since February 2001. Dr. Larner served as a vice president from December 1979 to February 2001. Dr. Larner also served as a director from April 1981 to March 1982 and from April 1988 to March 1989. Dr. Larner received his Ph.D. in economics from the University of Wisconsin in 1968.

        C. Christopher Maxwell has been our executive vice president since February 2001, serving as our director of research. Dr. Maxwell previously served as a vice president from April 1992 to February 2001. Dr. Maxwell received his Ph.D. in economics from Harvard University in 1983.

        William F. Concannon has served as a director since June 2000. Since February 2001, Mr. Concannon has been the president of the global services group of Trammell Crow Company, a diversified commercial real estate firm, where he has been a director since 1991. Mr. Concannon has been president and chief executive officer of Trammell Crow Corporate Services, a real estate company, since July 1991. Mr. Concannon received his B.S. in accounting from Providence College in 1977. Mr. Concannon is also a director of FPDSavills.

        Carl Kaysen has served as a director since 1986. From December 1992 to April 1997, Dr. Kaysen served as chairman of our board of directors. Since 1990, Dr. Kaysen has been professor emeritus of political economy in the School of Humanities and Social Science at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Dr. Kaysen received his Ph.D. in economics from Harvard University in 1954.

        Ronald T. Maheu has served as a director since January 2003. Since 2000, Mr. Maheu has been a lecturer at the Graduate School of Management at Boston University. Mr. Maheu retired in July 2002 from PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP. Mr. Maheu was a founding member of Coopers & Lybrand's board of partners. Following the merger of Price Waterhouse and Coopers & Lybrand in 1998, Mr. Maheu served on both the U.S. and global boards of partners and principals of PricewaterhouseCoopers until June 2001. Mr. Maheu holds an M.B.A. from Boston University and an M.S. in taxation from Bentley College. He is also a director of Enterasys Networks, Inc. and Netegrity, Inc.

        Steven C. Salop has served as a director since September 1998 and as an outside expert since 1987. Dr. Salop has been professor of economics and law at the Georgetown University Law Center since August 1982. Dr. Salop has been the president of Salop Enterprises Inc., an economic consulting firm, since 1982. Dr. Salop previously served on our board of directors from June 1993 to April 1998. Dr. Salop received his Ph.D. in economics from Yale University in 1972.

        Carl Shapiro has served as a director since June 2000 and as an outside expert since December 1998. Since 1990, Dr. Shapiro has been professor of business strategy at the Haas School of Business at the University of California at Berkeley. Since 1998, he has also been the director of the Institute of Business and Economic Research at U.C. Berkeley. In October 1996, he co-founded The Tilden Group, LLC, an economic consulting firm that we acquired in December 1998. From August 1995 to June 1996, Dr. Shapiro served as Deputy Assistant Attorney General for Economics in the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice. Dr. Shapiro received his Ph.D. in economics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1981.

        Our board of directors is divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year at the annual meeting of stockholders to hold office for a term of three years. Drs. Fisher, Burrows, and Shapiro serve as Class III directors; their terms of office expire in 2004. Mr. Concannon and Drs. Moriarty and Salop serve as Class I directors; their terms of office expire in 2005. Mr. Maheu serves as a Class II director; his term of office expires in 2006. Each director also continues to serve as a director until his successor is duly elected and qualified. Although Dr. Kaysen's term of office has

44



expired, he will continue to serve as a director until his successor is duly elected and qualified. Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors.

        Our board of directors has a compensation committee, an audit committee, a governance committee, and an executive committee. Our compensation committee is currently composed of Mr. Concannon and Dr. Moriarty. Our audit committee is currently composed of Messrs. Concannon and Maheu and Dr. Kaysen. Our governance committee, currently composed of Mr. Maheu and Dr. Moriarty, nominates persons to serve as directors. Our governance committee may consider nominees recommended by stockholders, but has established no formal procedures for stockholders to follow to submit recommendations. Our executive committee, currently composed of Drs. Burrows, Fisher, and Moriarty, was established by our board of directors in March 2002 and has delineated authority to act on behalf of our board of directors in situations arising between regular meetings of our board.

        There are no family relationships among our directors and executive officers.

45



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table provides information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 7, 2003 and as adjusted to reflect the sale by us and the selling stockholders of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus by:

        The persons named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares listed, except as otherwise indicated. The inclusion of shares listed as beneficially owned does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership. The "Right to acquire" column reflects beneficial ownership of shares subject to options that may be exercised within 60 days after July 7, 2003. The shares that a person has the right to acquire are deemed to be outstanding solely for purposes of calculating that person's percentage ownership. The description of shares owned after the offering assumes that none of the listed stockholders will purchase additional shares in the offering. The total number of shares of common stock outstanding as of July 7, 2003 was 9,314,570. The number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding after the offering includes the additional 400,000 shares that we are offering and also reflects our issuance of 100,576 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options by the selling stockholders concurrent with the closing of this offering.

        The number of shares to be offered assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, we and the selling stockholders may sell additional shares.

 
  Shares beneficially owned before offering
   
  Shares to be beneficially owned after offering
 
 
  Number
of shares
to be
offered(1)

 
 
  Outstanding
  Right to
acquire

  Total
  Percent
  Outstanding
  Right to
acquire

  Total
  Percent
 
5% stockholders, directors
and executive officers:
                                     
Wasatch Advisors, Inc.(2)   1,491,254     1,491,254   16.0 %   1,491,254     1,491,254   15.2 %
James C. Burrows(3)   476,531   30,014   506,545   5.4   125,000   351,531   30,014   381,545   3.9  
Rowland T. Moriarty(4)   359,228   20,000   379,228   4.1   165,000   194,228   20,000   214,228   2.2  
Steven C. Salop(5)   325,737     325,737   3.5   145,237   180,500     180,500   1.8  
Franklin M. Fisher(6)   289,080     289,080   3.1   100,000   189,080     189,080   1.9  
Carl Shapiro(7)   63,586   16,400   79,986   *   11,922   51,664   16,400   68,064   *  
C. Christopher Maxwell(8)   52,000   27,200   79,200   *   36,312   31,200   11,688   42,888   *  
Carl Kaysen(9)   67,063     67,063   *   46,783   20,280     20,280   *  
Robert J. Larner(10)   49,180   13,270   62,450   *   27,700   26,910   7,840   34,750   *  
J. Phillip Cooper(11)     58,750   58,750   *   30,500     28,250   28,250   *  
William F. Concannon(12)   10,000   20,000   30,000   *   10,000     20,000   20,000   *  
Ronald T. Maheu(13)                    
Michael J. Tubridy(14)                    
All current directors and
executive officers as a group
(11 persons)(15)
  1,692,405   185,634   1,878,039   19.8 % 698,454   1,045,393   134,192   1,179,585   11.9 %
Other Selling Stockholders(16):                                      
Gordon C. Rausser   405,862     405,862   4.4 % 100,000   305,862     305,862   3.1 %
Richard S. Ruback(17)   169,060     169,060   1.8   75,460   93,600     93,600   1.0  
Firoze E. Katrak   154,050   6,000   160,050   1.7   67,620   92,430     92,430   *  
William B. Burnett   156,000   3,500   159,500   1.7   62,400   93,600   3,500   97,100   1.0  
Michael A. Kemp   137,346     137,346   1.5   33,046   104,300     104,300   1.1  
Bridger M. Mitchell   113,075     113,075   1.2   40,000   73,075     73,075   *  
Thomas R. Overstreet   104,000   5,000   109,000   1.2   46,600   62,400     62,400   *  
Jagdish C. Agarwal   104,000     104,000   1.1   41,600   62,400     62,400   *  
Alan R. Willens(18)   94,094     94,094   1.0   37,638   56,456     56,456   *  
                                       

46


Jenny Fitz Moriarty as Trustee of the Rowland T. Moriarty Irrevocable Trust 1998(19)   92,406     92,406   1.0   50,000   42,406     42,406   *  
Stanley M. Besen(20)   91,000     91,000   1.0   36,400   54,600     54,600   *  
Arnold J. Lowenstein   57,939   30,250   88,189   *   29,000   37,939   21,250   59,189   *  
Stephen H. Kalos   75,329     75,329   *   20,000   55,329     55,329   *  
George C. Eads(21)   65,573   9,200   74,773   *   29,693   35,880   9,200   45,080   *  
Gregory K. Bell   35,637   36,875   72,512   *   6,500   29,137   36,875   66,012   *  
Kenneth L. Grinnell as Trustee of The James C. Burrows Irrevocable Trust 1998   71,275     71,275   *   32,275   39,000     39,000   *  
Monica G. Noether   60,313   7,200   67,513   *   30,000   30,313   7,200   37,513   *  
Raju Patel(22)   65,000     65,000   *   26,000   39,000     39,000   *  
W. David Montgomery   59,800   4,800   64,600   *   28,720   35,880     35,880   *  
Eads Family LLC   59,800     59,800   *   23,920   35,880     35,880   *  
Daniel Brand   59,800     59,800   *   23,920   35,880     35,880   *  
Steven R. Brenner   59,800     59,800   *   23,920   35,880     35,880   *  
Richard P. Mandel as Trustee of The J. Phillip Cooper Irrevocable Trust, 2000     58,750   58,750   *   30,500     28,250   28,250   *  
John R. Woodbury   54,510   5,100   59,610   *   20,700   38,910     38,910   *  
Robert M. Spann   57,020     57,020   *   25,820   31,200     31,200   *  
Gary L. Roberts   45,657   6,500   52,157   *   23,853   28,304     28,304   *  
Judith R. Gelman as Trustee of The Salop Irrevocable GST — Exempt Trust 1998(23)   52,407     52,407   *   24,327   28,080     28,080   *  
Judith R. Gelman as Trustee of The Salop Irrevocable GST — Taxable Trust 1998(23)   52,407     52,407   *   24,327   28,080     28,080   *  
John E. Parsons   26,000   25,000   51,000   *   20,234   7,800   22,966   30,766   *  
Joen E. Greenwood   44,589     44,589   *   17,000   27,589     27,589   *  
William R. Hughes(24)   42,765     42,765   *   19,365   23,400     23,400   *  
Abigail S. Fisher(25)   34,198     34,198   *   16,054   18,144     18,144   *  
Abraham S. Fisher(26)   34,198     34,198   *   10,500   23,698     23,698   *  
Naomi L. Zikmund-Fisher(27)   31,427     31,427   *   12,436   18,991     18,991   *  
Elaine M. Ruback as Trustee of the Ruback Children's Family Trust(28)   27,191     27,191   *   11,591   15,600     15,600   *  
Marlene Besen as Trustee of The Besen Family Trust(29)   26,000     26,000   *   10,400   15,600     15,600   *  
Paul R. Milgrom   26,000     26,000   *   10,400   15,600     15,600   *  
Douglas R. Bohi   13,000   10,700   23,700   *   15,900   7,800     7,800   *  
Mary F. Hughes as Trustee of The William R. Hughes Irrevocable Trust 1998(30)   23,524     23,524   *   11,044   12,480     12,480   *  
Gail B. Roberts(31)   14,143     14,143   *   6,567   7,576     7,576   *  
Laurel E. Morrison(32)   13,000     13,000   *   5,200   7,800     7,800   *  
The Abigail S. Fisher GST Trust   10,263     10,263   *   4,818   5,445     5,445   *  
The Abraham S. Fisher GST Trust   10,263     10,263   *   2,500   7,763     7,763   *  
The Naomi L. Fisher GST Trust   10,263     10,263   *   4,818   5,445     5,445   *  
Phillip H. Harris as Trustee of the Anna Harte Moriarty Trust DTD 8/21/90   5,000     5,000   *   5,000         *  
Phillip H. Harris as Trustee of the Caroline Ames Moriarty Trust DTD 12/14/91   5,000     5,000   *   5,000         *  
Phillip H. Harris as Trustee of the Thomas Rowland Moriarty Trust DTD 8/21/90   5,000     5,000   *   5,000         *  

*
Less than one percent.

(See footnotes on following page)

47


(1)
The number of shares to be offered includes 100,576 shares to be issued upon the exercise of options and sold concurrent with the closing of this offering by the following selling stockholders: Dr. Bohi (10,700 shares), Mr. Mandel as Trustee of The J. Phillip Cooper Irrevocable Trust, 2000 (30,500 shares), Dr. Katrak (6,000 shares), Dr. Larner (5,430 shares), Mr. Lowenstein (9,000 shares), Dr. Maxwell (15,512 shares), Dr. Montgomery (4,800 shares), Dr. Overstreet (5,000 shares), Dr. Parsons (2,034 shares), Dr. Roberts (6,500 shares), and Dr. Woodbury (5,100 shares). The underwriters have agreed to include these shares as part of this offering without charging an underwriting discount.

(2)
The number of shares beneficially held by Wasatch Advisors, Inc. is based solely on information in an amended Schedule 13G filed on February 13, 2003 by Wasatch Advisors, Inc. The address for Wasatch Advisors, Inc. is 150 Social Hall Avenue, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111.

(3)
Includes 71,275 shares held by Kenneth L. Grinnell as Trustee of The James C. Burrows Irrevocable Trust 1998, a trust for the benefit of certain members of Dr. Burrows' immediate family. Shares to be sold by Dr. Burrows include 32,275 shares to be sold by Mr. Grinnell in his capacity as trustee. Dr. Burrows is our President, Chief Executive Officer, and a director. He is also a director of NeuCo. The address for Dr. Burrows is in care of Charles River Associates Incorporated, 200 Clarendon Street, T-33, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(4)
Includes 92,406 shares held by Jenny Fitz Moriarty, Dr. Moriarty's wife, as Trustee of The Rowland T. Moriarty Irrevocable Trust 1998, a trust for the benefit of certain members of Dr. Moriarty's immediate family. Also includes an aggregate of 15,000 shares held by Phillip H. Harris as Trustee of three trusts for the benefit of Dr. Moriarty's children. Shares to be sold by Dr. Moriarty include 50,000 shares to be sold by Mrs. Moriarty in her capacity as trustee and 15,000 shares to be sold by Mr. Harris in his capacity as trustee. Dr. Moriarty is our chairman of the board of directors and is the chairman of the board of directors and a stockholder of NeuCo.

(5)
Includes 104,814 shares held by Judith R. Gelman, Dr. Salop's wife, as trustee of each of The Salop Irrevocable GST—Exempt Trust 1998 and The Salop Irrevocable GST—Taxable Trust 1998, two trusts for the benefit of members of Dr. Salop's immediate family. Shares to be sold by Dr. Salop include 48,654 shares to be sold by Ms. Gelman in her capacity as such trustees. Dr. Salop is a member of our board of directors.

(6)
Dr. Fisher is the vice chairman of our board of directors.

(7)
Dr. Shapiro is a member of our board of directors.

(8)
Dr. Maxwell is one of our executive vice presidents.

(9)
Dr. Kaysen is a member of our board of directors.

(10)
Outstanding shares represent shares held jointly with Dr. Larner's wife, Anne M. Larner. Dr. Larner is one of our executive vice presidents.

(11)
Represents options held by Richard P. Mandel as Trustee of The J. Phillip Cooper Irrevocable Trust, 2000 for the benefit of certain members of Dr. Cooper's family. Dr. Cooper disclaims beneficial ownership of these options. Dr. Cooper is our chief financial officer, treasurer and one of our executive vice presidents.

(12)
Mr. Concannon is a member of our board of directors.

(13)
Mr. Maheu is a member of our board of directors.

(14)
Based on information available to us at the time of Mr. Tubridy's departure. Mr. Tubridy served as our chief financial officer from September 2001 to October 2002.

(15)
See notes (3) through (13).

(16)
Except as otherwise indicated, each other selling stockholder is either an employee, an outside expert, a relative of such a person, or a trust for the benefit of one of the foregoing persons or his or her family members.

(17)
Includes 27,191 shares held by Elaine M. Ruback, Dr. Ruback's wife, as trustee of The Ruback Children's Family Trust, a trust for the benefit of members of Dr. Ruback's immediate family. Shares to be sold by Dr. Ruback include 11,591 shares to be sold by Mrs. Ruback in her capacity as trustee.

(18)
Dr. Willens is one of our former directors.

(19)
Does not include shares held by Dr. Moriarty, Mrs. Moriarty's husband. See note (4).

(20)
Includes 26,000 shares held by Marlene Besen, Dr. Besen's wife, as trustee of The Besen Family Trust, a trust for the benefit of members of Dr. Besen's immediate family. Shares to be sold by Dr. Besen include 10,400 shares to be sold by Mrs. Besen in her capacity as trustee.

(21)
Includes 59,800 shares held by Eads Family LLC, a family limited liability company established by Dr. Eads. Shares to be sold by Dr. Eads include 23,920 shares to be sold by Eads Family LLC.

(22)
Ms. Patel is the former wife of one of our employees.

(23)
Does not include shares held by Dr. Salop, Ms. Gelman's husband. See note (5).

(24)
Includes 23,524 shares held by Mary F. Hughes, Dr. Hughes' wife, as trustee of The William R. Hughes Irrevocable Trust 1998, a trust for the benefit of members of Dr. Hughes' immediate family. Shares to be sold by Dr. Hughes include 11,044 shares to be sold by Mrs. Hughes in her capacity as trustee.

(25)
Includes 10,263 shares held by Ms. Fisher as trustee of The Abigail S. Fisher GST Trust. Shares to be sold by Ms. Fisher include 4,818 shares to be sold in her capacity as trustee.

(26)
Includes 10,263 shares held by Mr. Fisher as trustee of The Abraham S. Fisher GST Trust. Shares to be sold by Mr. Fisher include 2,500 shares to be sold in his capacity as trustee.

48


(27)
Includes 10,263 shares held by Ms. Zikmund-Fisher as trustee of The Naomi L. Fisher GST Trust. Shares to be sold by Ms. Zikmund-Fisher include 4,818 shares to be sold in her capacity as trustee.

(28)
Does not include shares held by Dr. Ruback, Mrs. Ruback's husband. See note (17).

(29)
Does not include shares held by Dr. Besen, Mrs. Besen's husband. See note (20).

(30)
Does not include shares held by Dr. Hughes, Mrs. Hughes' husband. See note (24).

(31)
Ms. Roberts is the former wife of one of our employees.

(32)
Ms. Morrison is one of our former directors and executive officers.

Stock Restriction Agreement

        In general, each person who held our common stock before our initial public offering, or IPO, in 1998 is subject to a stock restriction agreement with us. In some cases, these persons have, with our consent, transferred shares of this pre-IPO stock to family members and others. In general, these transferees are subject to the same terms and conditions of the stock restriction agreement as the transferors and are considered to have the status of pre-IPO stockholders for purposes of the agreement.

        The stock restriction agreement prohibits each pre-IPO stockholder from selling or otherwise transferring certain shares of our common stock held immediately before the IPO during the time periods specified in the agreement. Under the stock restriction agreement, a pre-IPO stockholder generally can not sell more than 50% of the stockholder's pre-IPO stock until April 24, 2004 and thereafter will generally be able to sell an additional 20% of such pre-IPO stock. In addition, before April 24, 2004, a pre-IPO stockholder may not sell other shares of our common stock held by that stockholder on February 28, 2003 or other shares of our common stock acquired before April 24, 2004. However, shares of our common stock that are or were purchased by the pre-IPO stockholder in the open market are not subject to this restriction.

        On or after April 24, 2005, each pre-IPO stockholder may generally sell an amount equal to the greater of 20% of the stockholder's pre-IPO stock or two-thirds of the pre-IPO stock held by the stockholder on April 24, 2005. On and after April 24, 2007, each pre-IPO stockholder may sell all of the stockholder's remaining shares of pre-IPO stock.

        Our board of directors has waived the restrictions of the stock restriction agreement to the extent that those restrictions would prohibit the selling stockholders from selling any of the shares to be sold in this offering. This waiver does not apply to, and the selling stockholders are not selling, any shares whose transfer is restricted until April 24, 2005, or later.

        Upon the death or retirement for disability of any pre-IPO stockholder in accordance with our policies, the foregoing restrictions terminate with respect to the stockholder's pre-IPO stock. The board of directors has the discretion to waive any of the restrictions imposed by the stock restriction agreement.

        We have the right to repurchase a portion of the pre-IPO stock held by a pre-IPO stockholder who leaves us for reasons other than death or retirement for disability in accordance with our policies. If such a departure occurs before April 24, 2005, we have the right to repurchase up to 30% of the stockholder's pre-IPO stock. If such a departure occurs on or after April 24, 2005, we have the right to repurchase all of the pre-IPO stock that the stockholder did not already become entitled to sell. The purchase price will be equal to 70% of the fair market value of the repurchased stock (95% in the case of pre-IPO stockholders who retire after April 24, 2003), or, if the pre-IPO stockholder competes with us, 40% of fair market value. The purchase price will be payable in three equal annual installments. The stock restriction agreement will terminate on April 23, 2008 or earlier with the approval of our board of directors.

        We have offered each pre-IPO stockholder the opportunity to sell shares of common stock in this offering. Under the terms of the stock restriction agreement, each pre-IPO stockholder is thereby prohibited from transferring shares of our common stock for a period of six months after the closing date of this offering. However, this restriction does not apply to transfers by pre-IPO stockholders to which we consent or to transfers of shares of common stock purchased in the open market.

49



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        Our authorized capital stock consists of 25,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of July 7, 2003, there were 9,314,570 shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

        Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to the holders of outstanding preferred stock, if any, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive whatever lawful dividends the board of directors may declare. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our affairs, whether voluntary or involuntary, and subject to the rights of the holders of outstanding preferred stock, if any, the holders of common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata all of our remaining assets available for distribution to our stockholders. Our common stock has no preemptive, redemption, conversion, or subscription rights. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

        Our amended and restated articles of organization authorize our board of directors, subject to any limitations prescribed by Massachusetts law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares in each series, and to fix the preferences, voting powers, qualifications, and special or relative rights or privileges of the preferred stock. Our board of directors may issue preferred stock with voting, conversion, and other rights and preferences that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. Although we have no current plans to issue any preferred stock, the issuance of preferred stock or of rights to purchase preferred stock could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

Anti-takeover Effects of Provisions of our Articles of Organization and By-laws and of Massachusetts Law

        Our amended and restated articles of organization and amended and restated by-laws and Massachusetts law contain provisions that could have anti-takeover effects and that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in our control or our acquisition at a price that many stockholders may find attractive. These provisions may also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our stockholders to effect some corporate actions, including the election of directors. The existence of these provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

Articles and By-laws

        Our by-laws provide that, in order to nominate any person for election as one of our directors at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, a stockholder must notify us of the nomination a specified number of days before the meeting and must furnish us information about the stockholder and the intended nominee. Similarly, the by-laws provide that, in order to bring any business before any annual or special meeting of stockholders, a stockholder must provide us advance notice of the proposal and must furnish us with information about the stockholder, other supporters of the proposal, their stock ownership, and their interest in the proposed business.

        Our by-laws require us to call a special meeting of stockholders only at the request of stockholders holding at least 40% of our voting power. The provisions in the by-laws pertaining to stockholders and directors, including the provisions described above pertaining to nominations and the presentation of

50



business before a meeting of the stockholders, may not be amended, nor may any other provision inconsistent with those provisions be adopted, without the approval of either the board of directors or the holders of at least 80% of our voting power.

        Our articles provide that certain transactions, such as the sale, lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of our property and assets or our merger or consolidation into or with any other corporation, may be authorized by the approval of the holders of a majority of the shares of each class of stock entitled to vote on the matter, rather than by two-thirds as otherwise provided by statute, but only if a majority of the directors has authorized the transaction and all other applicable requirements of the articles have been met.

        Our articles contain a "fair price" provision that provides that certain "business combinations" with any "interested stockholder," as those terms are defined in the fair price provision, may not be consummated without the approval of the holders of at least 80% of our voting power, unless approved by at least a majority of the "disinterested directors," as defined in the fair price provision, or unless certain minimum price and procedural requirements are met. A significant purpose of the fair price provision is to deter a purchaser from using two-tiered pricing and similar unfair or discriminatory tactics in an attempt to acquire control of us. The affirmative vote of the holders of 80% of our voting power is required to amend or repeal the fair price provision or adopt any provision inconsistent with it.

Massachusetts Law

        We are subject to Chapter 110F of the Massachusetts General Laws, an anti-takeover law. In general, this statute prohibits a publicly held Massachusetts corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for three years after the date of the transaction in which the person becomes an interested stockholder, unless either:

        In general, an "interested stockholder" under the statute is a person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or 15% or more in the case of a person eligible to file a Schedule 13G under the Securities Exchange Act with respect to that voting stock, or a person who is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and within the previous three years was the owner of 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or 15% or more in the case of a person eligible to file a Schedule 13G with respect to that voting stock. A "business combination" under the statute includes mergers, consolidations, stock and asset sales, and other transactions with the interested stockholder resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, except proportionately as a stockholder of the corporation. We may at any time amend our articles or by-laws to elect not to be governed by Chapter 110F by a vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock. Such an amendment would not be effective for 12 months and would not apply to a business combination with any person who became an interested stockholder before the date of the amendment.

        We are subject to Section 50A of Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws, which requires that any publicly held Massachusetts corporation have a classified, or staggered, board of directors unless the corporation opts out of the statute's coverage. We have not elected to opt out of

51



the statute's coverage. Section 50A requires that the classified board consist of three classes as nearly equal in size as possible and provides that directors may be removed only for cause, as defined in the statute.

        Our by-laws exempt us from Chapter 110D of the Massachusetts General Laws, entitled "Regulation of Control Share Acquisitions." In general, this statute provides that any stockholder who acquires 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation subject to this statute may not vote that stock unless the disinterested stockholders of the corporation so authorize. In addition, Chapter 110D permits a corporation to provide in its articles of organization or by-laws that the corporation may redeem, for fair value, all of the shares acquired in a control share acquisition if the interested stockholder does not deliver a control share acquisition statement or if the interested stockholder delivers a control share acquisition statement but the stockholders of the corporation do not authorize voting rights for those shares. The board of directors may amend the by-laws at any time to subject us to this statute prospectively.

        Under Section 43 of Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws, any action taken by written consent of the stockholders requires the unanimous written consent of the stockholders entitled to vote on the matter.

Limitation of Liability

        Our articles provide that none of our directors will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except that the limitation will not eliminate or limit liability:

        Our articles and by-laws further provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Section 67 of Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws, including circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary.

        A principal effect of these provisions is to limit or eliminate the potential liability of our directors for monetary damages arising from breaches of their duty of care, unless the breach involves one of the four exceptions described above. These provisions may also shield directors from liability under federal and state securities laws.

Stock Transfer Agent

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EquiServe L.P.

52



UNDERWRITING

        William Blair & Company, L.L.C., Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc. and Janney Montgomery Scott LLC have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions in the underwriting agreement among the underwriters, the selling stockholders and us, to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, the respective numbers of shares of common stock shown opposite each underwriter's name in the table below.

Underwriter

  Number of shares
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.    
Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc.    
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC    
   
  Total   2,061,000
   

        This offering will be underwritten on a firm commitment basis. In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions in the agreement, to purchase the shares of common stock being sold through this prospectus at a price per share equal to the public offering price less the underwriting discount specified on the cover page of this prospectus or, in the case of shares to be acquired by the selling stockholders upon the exercise of options and sold concurrent with the closing of this offering, at a price per share equal to the public offering price. According to the terms of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will purchase either all of the shares or none of them. In the event of default by any underwriter, in certain circumstances, the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. In the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have made representations and warranties to the underwriters and have agreed to indemnify them and their controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

        The underwriters have advised us and the selling stockholders that the underwriters propose to offer the common stock to the public initially at the public offering price specified on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected dealers at that price less a concession of not more than $                      per share. The underwriters may allow, and those dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of $                      per share to other dealers. The underwriters will offer the shares subject to prior sale and subject to receipt and acceptance of the shares by the underwriters. The underwriters may reject any order to purchase shares in whole or in part. The underwriters expect that we and the selling stockholders will deliver the shares to the underwriters through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company in New York, New York on or about                        , 2003. At that time, the underwriters will pay us and the selling stockholders for the shares in immediately available funds. After commencement of the public offering, the underwriters may change the public offering price and other selling terms.

        We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 309,150 additional shares of common stock on the same pricing terms and conditions as the other shares offered by this prospectus solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments. If the underwriters purchase any of those additional shares through this option, each of the underwriters will be committed to purchase those additional shares in approximately the same proportion indicated in the table above. The underwriters may exercise the option only for the purpose of covering excess sales, if any, made in connection with the distribution of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. The underwriters will offer any additional shares that they purchase on the terms described in the preceding paragraph.

53



        The following table summarizes the compensation that we and the selling stockholders will pay to the underwriters. This information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option:

 
  Per share
  Without
over-allotment

  With
over-allotment

Public offering price   $     $     $  
Underwriting discounts paid by CRA   $     $     $  
Underwriting discounts paid by the selling stockholders   $     $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to CRA   $     $     $  
Proceeds to the selling stockholders   $     $     $  

        Of the 1,661,000 shares being offered by the selling stockholders, 100,576 shares are currently represented by options that will be exercised concurrent with the closing of this offering. In order to facilitate an orderly distribution, the underwriters have agreed to include these shares as part of this offering without charging an underwriting discount. The selling stockholders will receive proceeds equal to the public offering price for these shares. The underwriting discounts paid by the selling stockholders and the proceeds to the selling stockholders in the table above reflect this arrangement.

        We will pay the offering expenses of the selling stockholders, except for the underwriting discount. We estimate that our total expenses for this offering will be approximately $500,000.

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to, without the prior written consent of William Blair & Company, L.L.C.:

        This agreement does not extend to bona fide gifts to immediate family members of these persons who agree to be bound by these restrictions, or to distributions to equity holders of these persons who agree to be bound by such restrictions. In determining whether to consent to a transaction prohibited by these restrictions, the underwriters will take into account various factors, including the number of shares requested to be sold, the anticipated manner and timing of sale, the potential impact of the sale on the market for the common stock, and market conditions generally. We may grant options and issue common stock under existing stock option plans and issue unregistered shares in connection with any outstanding convertible securities or options during the lock-up period.

        The underwriters have informed us that they will not confirm, without client authorization, sales to their client accounts as to which they have discretionary authority. The underwriters have also informed us that they intend to deliver all copies of this prospectus by hand delivery or through mail or courier services, and only printed forms of the prospectus are intended to be used.

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters and other persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions which affect the market price of the common stock. These may include stabilizing and over-allotment transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. An over-allotment involves selling more shares of common stock in this offering than are specified on the cover page of this prospectus, which results in a syndicate short position. The underwriters may cover this short position by purchasing common stock in the open market or by

54



exercising all or part of their over-allotment option. In addition, the underwriters may impose a penalty bid. This allows the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession allowed to an underwriter or selling group member if common stock sold by that underwriter or selling group member in this offering is repurchased by the underwriters in stabilizing or syndicate short covering transactions. These transactions, which may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock and could cause the price to be higher than it would be without these transactions. The underwriters and other participants in this offering are not required to engage in any of these activities and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters make no representation or prediction as to whether the underwriters will engage in these transactions or choose to discontinue any transactions engaged in or as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that these transactions may have on the price of the common stock.

        One or more of the underwriters currently acts as a market maker for the common stock and may engage in "passive market making" in those securities on the Nasdaq National Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Rule 103 permits, upon the satisfaction of specified conditions, underwriters participating in a distribution that are also Nasdaq market makers in the security being distributed to engage in limited market making transactions during the period when Regulation M would otherwise prohibit that activity. Rule 103 prohibits underwriters engaged in passive market making generally from entering a bid or effecting a purchase at a price that exceeds the highest bid for those securities displayed on the Nasdaq National Market by a market maker that is not participating in the distribution. Under Rule 103, each underwriter engaged in passive market making is subject to a daily net purchase limitation equal to the greater of:

        Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "CRAI."

        In the ordinary course of business, some of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, investment banking, commercial banking and other services to us for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees or other compensation. In addition, some mutual funds affiliated with, and some discretionary accounts advised by, some of the underwriters and their affiliates beneficially own shares of our common stock.


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us and certain selling stockholders by Foley Hoag LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Winston & Strawn LLP, Chicago, Illinois.


EXPERTS

        Our consolidated financial statements at November 24, 2001 and November 30, 2002, and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended November 30, 2002, appearing and incorporated by reference in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing and incorporated by reference herein and in the registration statement and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

55



WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We file annual reports, quarterly reports, current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You may read and copy any of our SEC filings at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

        Our principal internet address is www.crai.com. Our website provides a link to a third-party website through which our annual, quarterly, and current reports, and amendments to those reports, are available free of charge. We believe these reports are made available as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with, or furnish them to, the SEC. We do not maintain or provide any information directly to the third-party website, and we do not check its accuracy.

        The SEC requires us to incorporate by reference information from our other SEC filings. This means that we can disclose information to you by referring you to those other filings, and the information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus. In addition, some information that we file with the SEC after the date of this prospectus will automatically update, and in some cases supersede, the information contained in this prospectus or otherwise incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We are incorporating by reference the information contained in the following SEC filings:

        We will provide to any person who receives this prospectus, at no cost, a copy of any of the documents or information that we have incorporated by reference in this prospectus. To request a document or information, please call, write, or e-mail our investor relations department as follows:

        This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-3 that we filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. For further information about us and our common stock, you should read the registration statement and the exhibits filed with the registration statement.

56



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Fiscal Years Ended November 25, 2000,
November 24, 2001, and November 30, 2002

Report of Independent Auditors

 

F-2

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

 

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7


Twenty-Four Weeks Ended May 10, 2002
and May 16, 2003 (Unaudited)

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

F-22

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-23

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-24

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-25

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Stockholders and Board of Directors
Charles River Associates Incorporated

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Charles River Associates Incorporated (the "Company") as of November 24, 2001 and November 30, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Charles River Associates Incorporated at November 24, 2001 and November 30, 2002, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

    /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
January 10, 2003

 

 

F-2



CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year Ended
 
 
  November 25,
2000

  November 24,
2001

  November 30,
2002

 
 
  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (53 weeks)

 
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)

 
Revenues   $ 82,547   $ 109,804   $ 130,690  
Costs of services     46,439     65,590     80,659  
   
 
 
 
Gross profit     36,108     44,214     50,031  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     21,837     31,556     36,600  
Special charge     878          
   
 
 
 
Income from operations     13,393     12,658     13,431  
Interest and other income, net     1,542     1,045     337  
   
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interest     14,935     13,703     13,768  
Provision for income taxes     (6,166 )   (5,848 )   (5,879 )
   
 
 
 
Income before minority interest     8,769     7,855     7,889  
Minority interest     70     (416 )   547  
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 8,839   $ 7,439   $ 8,436  
   
 
 
 
Net income per share:                    
  Basic   $ 1.01   $ 0.82   $ 0.93  
   
 
 
 
  Diluted   $ 1.01   $ 0.81   $ 0.91  
   
 
 
 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:                    
  Basic     8,728     9,107     9,047  
   
 
 
 
  Diluted     8,774     9,218     9,283  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-3



CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  November 24,
2001

  November 30,
2002

 
 
  (In thousands,
except share data)

 
ASSETS  
Current assets:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 21,880   $ 18,846  
  Short-term investments     1,748     152  
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $914 in 2001 and $1,417 in 2002 for doubtful accounts     21,915     25,705  
  Unbilled services     15,350     16,201  
  Prepaid expenses and other assets     849     1,976  
  Deferred income taxes     1,437     1,926  
   
 
 
Total current assets     63,179     64,806  
Property and equipment, net     7,569     9,397  
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $1,965 in 2001 and 2002     17,948     24,944  
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $596 in 2001 and $991 in 2002     1,018     1,532  
Long-term investments     3,433     5,348  
Deferred income taxes     328     131  
Other assets     3,415     3,011  
   
 
 
Total assets   $ 96,890   $ 109,169  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
Current liabilities:              
  Accounts payable   $ 6,044   $ 7,894  
  Accrued expenses     13,259     17,306  
  Deferred revenue and other liabilities     234     910  
  Current portion of notes payable to former stockholders     126     304  
  Current portion of notes payable     2,407     683  
   
 
 
Total current liabilities     22,070     27,097  
Notes payable to former stockholders, net of current portion         413  
Notes payable, net of current portion     612      
Deferred rent     1,963     1,605  
Minority interest     2,243     1,696  
Commitments and contingencies              
Stockholders' equity:              
  Preferred stock, no par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued          
  Common stock, no par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 9,107,529 shares in 2001 and 9,011,382 shares in 2002 issued and outstanding     46,057     45,596  
  Receivable from stockholder     (4,500 )   (4,500 )
  Deferred compensation     (117 )   (11 )
  Retained earnings     28,778     37,217  
  Foreign currency translation     (216 )   56  
   
 
 
Total stockholders' equity     70,002     78,358  
   
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 96,890   $ 109,169  
   
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-4



CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended

 
 
  November 25,
2000

  November 24,
2001

  November 30,
2002

 
 
  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (53 weeks)

 
 
  (In thousands)

 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                    
Net income   $ 8,839   $ 7,439   $ 8,436  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, net of effect of acquired business:                    
  Depreciation and amortization     2,142     3,371     2,968  
  Deferred rent     335     323     (358 )
  Deferred income taxes     722     (1,129 )   (292 )
  Minority interest     (70 )   416     (547 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                    
  Accounts receivable     (5,619 )   (3,577 )   (1,406 )
  Unbilled services     2,729     (4,188 )   126  
  Prepaid expenses and other assets     (942 )   (2,140 )   (811 )
  Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities     (5,246 )   5,341     5,303  
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities     2,890     5,856     13,419  
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                    
  Purchase of property and equipment     (3,444 )   (3,648 )   (3,934 )
  Sale (purchase) of investments, net     2,926     577     (319 )
  Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired     (4,845 )       (10,517 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (5,363 )   (3,071 )   (14,770 )
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                    
  Payments on notes payable to former stockholders     (406 )   (176 )   (320 )
  Payment on loan from minority interest     (130 )        
  Payments on notes payable, net         (1,067 )   (2,336 )
  Issuance of common stock, principally stock options     35     100     701  
  Costs related to issuance of common stock in fiscal 1999     (115 )        
  Proceeds from minority interest     3,367          
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     2,751     (1,143 )   (1,955 )
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents     (149 )   (67 )   272  
   
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     129     1,575     (3,034 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     20,176     20,305     21,880  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 20,305   $ 21,880   $ 18,846  
   
 
 
 
Noncash investing and financing activities:                    
Receivable in exchange for common stock   $ 4,500   $   $  
   
 
 
 
Payable in exchange for treasury stock—retired           $ 911  
   
 
 
 
Issuance of notes payable for acquired business       $ 4,208      
   
 
 
 
Supplemental cash flow information:                    
Cash paid for taxes   $ 7,345   $ 5,611   $ 7,091  
   
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest   $ 7   $ 53   $ 120  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-5



CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Shares
Issued

  Amount
  Receivable
From
Stockholder

  Deferred
Compensation

  Retained
Earnings

  Foreign
Currency
Translation

  Total
Stockholders'
Equity

 
 
  (In thousands, except share data)

 
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 27, 1999   8,683,761   $ 40,189         $ (345 ) $ 12,471         $ 52,315  
Net income                           8,839           8,839  
Foreign currency translation adjustment                               $ (149 )   (149 )
                                     
 
  Comprehensive income                                       8,690  
Costs related to issuance of common stock in fiscal 1999         (115 )                           (115 )
Exercise of stock options   1,900     35                             35  
Issuance of common stock   405,862     4,500   $ (4,500 )                      
Minority interest investment in subsidiary         1,470                             1,470  
Grant of vested stock options to consultants         75                             75  
Adjustment to revalue deferred compensation         (417 )         417                  
Amortization of deferred compensation                     (184 )               (184 )
Adjustment to purchase price of treasury stock                           52           52  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 25, 2000   9,091,523     45,737     (4,500 )   (112 )   21,362     (149 )   62,338  
Net income                           7,439           7,439  
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                 (67 )   (67 )
                                     
 
  Comprehensive income                                       7,372  
Issuance of common stock   16,006     100                             100  
Adjustment to revalue deferred compensation         220           (220 )                
Amortization of deferred compensation                     215                 215  
Adjustment to purchase price of treasury stock                           (23 )         (23 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 24, 2001   9,107,529     46,057     (4,500 )   (117 )   28,778     (216 )   70,002  
Net income                           8,436           8,436  
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                 272     272  
                                     
 
  Comprehensive income                                       8,708  
Exercise of stock options   56,500     548                             548  
Issuance of common stock   7,953     153                             153  
Shares repurchased and retired   (160,600 )   (1,070 )                           (1,070 )
Adjustment to revalue deferred compensation         (92 )         92                  
Amortization of deferred compensation                     14                 14  
Adjustment to purchase price of treasury stock                           3           3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 2002   9,011,382   $ 45,596   $ (4,500 ) $ (11 ) $ 37,217   $ 56   $ 78,358  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-6



CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Description of Business

        Charles River Associates Incorporated (the "Company" or "CRA") is an economic, financial, and business consulting firm that applies advanced analytic techniques and in-depth industry knowledge to complex engagements for a broad range of clients. The Company offers two types of services: legal and regulatory consulting and business consulting. The Company operates in only one business segment, which is consulting services.

    Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Fiscal Year

        CRA's fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in November and, accordingly, its fiscal year will periodically contain 53 weeks rather than 52 weeks. Fiscal 2002 was a 53-week year, whereas fiscal 2000 and 2001 were 52-week years.

    Revenue Recognition

        Revenues from most engagements are recognized as services are provided based upon hours worked and contractually agreed-upon hourly rates. Some revenues are derived from fixed-price engagements, for which revenue is recognized using the percentage of completion method based on the ratio of costs incurred to the total estimated project costs. Losses are provided for at the earliest date by which they are identified. Revenues also include expenses billed to clients, which include travel and other out-of-pocket expenses, charges for support staff and outside contractors, and other reimbursable expenses. These expenses included in revenues in fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002 were $11.0 million, $15.8 million and $19.0 million, respectively. An allowance is provided for any amounts considered uncollectible.

        Unbilled services represent revenue recognized by the Company for services performed but not yet billed to the client.

        The Company adopted the Securities and Exchange Commission's (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" in fiscal 2001. The adoption of SAB 101 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

    Cash Equivalents and Investments

        Cash equivalents consist principally of money market funds, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances, and certificates of deposit with maturities when purchased of 90 days or less. Short-term investments generally consist of government bonds with maturities when purchased of more than 90 days but less than one year. Long-term investments, which are intended to be held to maturity, generally consist of government bonds with maturities when purchased of more than one year but less than two years. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

F-7



    Goodwill

        Goodwill represents the cost in excess of fair market value of net assets of acquired businesses. Prior to July 1, 2001, goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 15 to 20 years. As more fully described in Note 3 below and in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" (SFAS No. 142), goodwill is no longer subject to amortization, but monitored annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are other indications of impairment.

    Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist principally of costs allocated to non-compete agreements, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over the related terms of the agreements (seven to ten years), and customer relationships, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over five years.

    Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are recorded at cost. The Company provides for depreciation of equipment using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life, generally three to ten years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the leasehold improvements. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Expenses for renewals and betterments are capitalized.

    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        The Company reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets (primarily property and equipment and intangible assets) to assess the recoverability of these assets whenever events indicate that impairment may have occurred. As part of this assessment, the Company reviews the future undiscounted operating cash flows expected to be generated by those assets. If impairment is indicated through this review, the carrying amount of the asset would be reduced to its estimated fair value.

    Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and NeuCo, Inc. ("NeuCo"), a company founded by the Company and an affiliate of Commonwealth Energy Systems in June 1997. At November 30, 2002, the Company has a 49.7 percent interest in NeuCo, which, combined with other considerations, represents substantive control. If an event causes the Company to no longer have substantive control, the Company would account for its ownership interest in NeuCo using the equity method. The portion of the results of operations of NeuCo allocable to its other owners is shown as "minority interest" on the Company's statement of income, and that amount, along with the capital contributions to NeuCo of its other owners, is shown as "minority interest" on the Company's balance sheet. All significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated.

        Prior to May 3, 2000, the Company owned 65.25 percent of NeuCo. On May 3, 2000, in a series of transactions that resulted in an infusion of new equity in NeuCo, the Company's ownership was reduced to approximately 50 percent.

F-8



    Concentration of Credit Risk

        The Company's billed and unbilled receivables consist of a broad range of clients in a variety of industries located throughout the United States and in other countries. The Company performs a credit evaluation of each of its clients to minimize its collectibility risk and has not required collateral or other security. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant write-offs.

        The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts for potentially uncollectible amounts. Activity in the accounts is as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
  (In thousands)

Balance at beginning of period   $ 952   $ 1,321   $ 914
Charge (reversal) to cost and expenses     378     (373 )   503
Amounts written off     (9 )   (34 )  
   
 
 
Balance at end of period   $ 1,321   $ 914   $ 1,417
   
 
 

    Deferred Revenue

        Deferred revenue represents amounts paid to the Company in advance of services rendered.

    Net Income Per Share

        Basic net income per share represents net income divided by the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share represents net income divided by the weighted average shares of common stock and common stock equivalents. Weighted average shares used in diluted net income per share include 46,717, 110,805, and 236,128 for fiscal 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, of common stock equivalents arising from stock options using the treasury stock method.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," in accounting for its stock-based compensation plans rather than the alternative fair value accounting method provided for under SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS No. 123).

    Deferred Compensation

        Deferred compensation represents the cost associated with shares of common stock granted to certain employees and the cost associated with the grant of stock options to consultants. The options granted to consultants are accounted for under variable accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 123. These costs are being amortized over the related vesting period.

F-9



    Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred assets and liabilities are recognized based upon anticipated future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carryforwards. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

    Foreign Currency Translation

        In accordance with SFAS No. 52, "Foreign Currency Translation," balance sheet accounts of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are translated into United States dollars at year-end exchange rates. Operating accounts are translated at average exchange rates for each year. The net gain or loss resulting from the changes in exchange rates during fiscal 2000, 2001, and 2002 have been reported in comprehensive income. The effect of transaction gains and losses for all years presented is not significant.

    Accounting Pronouncements

        Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets.    In October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" (SFAS No. 144). SFAS No. 144 addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. The accounting model for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale applies to all long-lived assets, including discontinued operations. SFAS No. 144 requires that those long-lived assets be measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, whether reported in continuing operations or in discontinued operations. Therefore, discontinued operations will no longer be measured at net realizable value or include amounts for operating losses that have not yet occurred. SFAS No. 144 also broadens the reporting of discontinued operations to include all components of an entity with operations that can be distinguished from the rest of the entity and that will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the entity in a disposal transaction. The provisions of this Statement are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early application encouraged. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 is not expected to have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

        Costs associated with exit or disposal activities.    In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" (SFAS No. 146). This Statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." The provisions of this Statement are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. The Company does not believe that SFAS No. 146 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        Stock-based compensation—transition and disclosure.    On December 31, 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure" (SFAS No. 148). SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", to

F-10



provide alternative methods of transition to SFAS 123's fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, "Interim Financial Reporting", to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity's accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share in annual and interim financial statements. While the Statement does not amend SFAS No. 123 to require companies to account for employee stock options using the fair value method, the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for that compensation using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic value method of APB Opinion No. 25. The provisions of SFAS No. 148 are effective at the beginning of fiscal 2003. The Company does not believe that SFAS No. 148 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

    Reclassifications

        Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.

2. Business Acquisitions

        On October 18, 2000, CRA acquired the consulting business of Dr. Gordon C. Rausser for $4.75 million in cash. The acquisition price may increase based upon the business meeting specified performance targets over the ensuing three fiscal years. In addition, the Company loaned Dr. Rausser $4.5 million, on a full recourse basis, for the purchase of CRA stock. CRA has accounted for the acquisition as a purchase, and the results have been included in the accompanying statements of income from the date of acquisition.

        On July 18, 2001, CRA acquired certain assets from PA Consulting Group, Inc. for $4.2 million in notes. The acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and the results of operations have been included in the accompanying statements of income from the date of acquisition. The pro forma results of operations had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2001 would not be materially different from the results in the accompanying statement of income. Of the $4.2 million purchase price, $4.0 million was recorded as goodwill and the remainder was recorded as property and equipment and intangible assets. The notes related to this acquisition were payable on a quarterly basis through December 31, 2002.

        On May 10, 2002, CRA completed the acquisitions of certain assets of the North American and U.K. operations of Arthur D. Little, Inc.'s Chemicals and Energy practice (ADL) for $10.5 million in cash. The acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The effective date of the acquisition of the North American business was April 29, 2002, and the effective date of the acquisition of the U.K. business was May 10, 2002. The results of operations related to the acquisitions have been included in the accompanying statements of income from the respective effective dates. Management believes that the ADL acquisitions enhanced CRA's existing position in consulting to the chemicals and petroleum industries. CRA acquired 75 employee consultants, accounts receivable and the ongoing client projects being handled by the acquired employee consultants. Of the $10.5 million purchase price, $0.9 million was recorded as intangibles, consisting primarily of customer relationships, $2.7 million was recorded primarily as accounts receivable, and the remaining $6.9 million was recorded as goodwill, all of which is expected to be deducted for tax purposes. The portion of the

F-11


purchase price attributable to goodwill primarily related to the extensive industry experience of the acquired employee consultants.

        The pro forma results of operations had these acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the fiscal year in which each acquisition took place would not be materially different from the results in the accompanying statements of income.

3. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 142 which revised the accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets. Specifically, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer subject to amortization, but are monitored annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are other indicators of impairment. Any impairment would be measured based upon the fair value of the related asset based upon the provisions of SFAS No. 142. The Company elected early adoption of this accounting standard in fiscal 2002. There were no impairment losses related to goodwill due to the application of SFAS No. 142.

        Had CRA's financial statements prior to fiscal 2002 been prepared in accordance with SFAS No. 142, income and net income per share would have been as follows (in thousands, except for per share information):

 
  Fiscal Year
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (53 weeks)

Net income—as reported   $ 8,839   $ 7,439   $ 8,436
Goodwill amortization net of tax     345     502    
   
 
 
Net income—pro forma   $ 9,184   $ 7,941   $ 8,436
   
 
 
Basic net income per share—as reported   $ 1.01   $ 0.82   $ 0.93
   
 
 
Basic net income per share—pro forma   $ 1.05   $ 0.87   $ 0.93
   
 
 
Diluted net income per share—as reported   $ 1.01   $ 0.81   $ 0.91
   
 
 
Diluted net income per share—pro forma   $ 1.05   $ 0.86   $ 0.91
   
 
 

        Intangible assets, net on the Company's accompanying balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

 
  November 24,
2001

  November 30,
2002

Noncompetition agreements, net of accumulated amortization of $516 and $698, respectively   $ 984   $ 802
Customer relationships, net of accumulated amortization of $72         598
Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $80 and $221, respectively     34     132
   
 
    $ 1,018   $ 1,532
   
 

        Amortization expense of intangible assets was $186,000, $258,000, and $394,000 in fiscal 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively. Amortization expense of intangible assets held at November 30, 2002 is estimated to be $375,000, $366,000, $339,000, $236,000, and $137,000 in fiscal 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively.

F-12


4. Special Charge

        In fiscal 2000, the Company relocated its London and Washington offices and recorded a special charge of $878,000, which consists principally of duplicate rent and the remaining lease obligations for the former space of these offices.

5. Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment consist of the following:

 
  November 24,
2001

  November 30,
2002

 
  (In thousands)

Computer equipment and software   $ 8,277   $ 9,836
Leasehold improvements     4,040     6,020
Furniture     3,616     4,462
   
 
      15,933     20,318
Accumulated depreciation and amortization     8,364     10,921
   
 
    $ 7,569   $ 9,397
   
 

        Depreciation expense was $1.6 million in fiscal 2000, $2.0 million in fiscal 2001, and $2.6 million in fiscal 2002.

6. Accrued Expenses

        Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 
  November 24,
2001

  November 30,
2002

 
  (In thousands)

Compensation and related expenses   $ 12,451   $ 15,681
Other     808     1,625
   
 
    $ 13,259   $ 17,306
   
 

7. Notes Payable to Former Stockholders

        At November 24, 2001, notes payable to former stockholders represent amounts owed by the Company to former stockholders in connection with the Company's repurchase of shares of common stock from those stockholders upon their separation from the Company pursuant to an Exit Agreement.

        In 1998, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the Company to amend and restate the Exit Agreement, and no further repurchases may be made under the terms of the Exit Agreement.

        Under the Exit Agreement, the Company repurchased shares of common stock from certain stockholders at a purchase price based upon a formula that used the book value of the Company at the date the stockholder separated from the Company (the "Fixed Amount") and an amount (the "Contingent Pay-Out Amount") equal to the stockholder's pro rata portion of 25 percent of the Company's earnings before bonuses, supplemental compensation, and amortization of goodwill, if any,

F-13



for each of the five fiscal years commencing with the fiscal year in which the repurchase was made. The Fixed Amount is payable in three equal installments, and the Contingent Pay-Out Amount is payable in five equal annual installments. As of November 30, 2002, there were no Fixed Amounts due.

        For financial reporting purposes, the Company initially estimated the Contingent Pay-Out Amount owed to each former stockholder for the full five-year payment period based on the actual amount of the contingent payment for the first year. In subsequent years, the Company adjusts the estimate annually based on actual amounts of the contingent payment for all preceding years. The related adjustments are made to treasury stock and additional paid-in capital and, to the extent additional paid-in capital is not available, retained earnings. There were no annual principal payments due to former stockholders as of November 30, 2002 related to the Exit Agreement. The Company believes the recorded value of the notes payable to former stockholders approximates fair market value.

        At November 30, 2002, notes payable to former stockholders represent amounts owed to former employees pursuant to a Stock Restriction Agreement (see Note 11).

8. Financing Arrangement

        The Company has a line of credit agreement that permits borrowings of up to $2.0 million with interest at the bank's base rate (4.25 percent at November 30, 2002 and 5.0 percent at November 24, 2001). Borrowings under the agreement are secured by the Company's accounts receivable. This line of credit automatically renews each year on June 30 unless earlier terminated by either the Company or the bank. The terms of the line of credit include certain operating and financial covenants. No borrowings were outstanding as of November 24, 2001 or November 30, 2002.

9. Employee Benefit Plans

        The Company maintains a profit-sharing retirement plan that covers substantially all full-time employees. Contributions are made at the discretion of the Company and its subsidiaries, and cannot exceed the maximum amount deductible under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Contributions amounted to approximately $1.7 million in fiscal 2000, $1.0 million in fiscal 2001, and $1.1 million in fiscal 2002.

F-14



10. Leases

        At November 30, 2002, the Company had the following minimum rental commitments for office space, all of which are under non-cancelable operating leases (in thousands):

Fiscal Year

  Rental
Commitments

 
2003   $ 6,651  
2004     6,011  
2005     5,715  
2006     5,066  
2007     4,435  
Thereafter     6,982  
   
 
      34,860  
Future minimum rentals under sublease arrangements     (1,986 )
   
 
    $ 32,874  
   
 

        Rent expense amounted to approximately $4.5 million in fiscal 2000, $5.3 million in fiscal 2001, and $6.9 million in fiscal 2002.

11. Common Stock

        In 1998, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the Company to amend and restate the Exit Agreement (as so amended and restated, the "Stock Restriction Agreement"). The Stock Restriction Agreement prohibits each person who was a stockholder of the Company before the closing of the Initial Public Offering ("Offering") from selling or otherwise transferring a portion of the shares of common stock held immediately before the Offering without the consent of the Board of Directors of the Company for a specified period of time after the Offering. In addition, the Stock Restriction Agreement allows the Company to repurchase a portion of such stockholder's shares of common stock at a percentage of market value should the stockholder leave the Company (other than for death or retirement for disability).

        In fiscal 2002, CRA repurchased and retired shares of common stock from certain stockholders, who were former employees, based on the provisions of the Stock Restriction Agreement. Payments are due to the former employees in three equal annual installments. Interest is payable annually on outstanding balances based on the average prime rate for that year.

12. Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company has adopted the 1998 Incentive and Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), which originally provided for the grant of options to purchase up to 970,000 shares of common stock. In January 2001, the stockholders approved an amendment to the Plan increasing the number of shares issuable under the Plan to 1,870,000. In April 2002, the stockholders approved an amendment to the Plan increasing the number of shares issuable under the Plan from 1,870,000 to 2,470,000 and adding a provision automatically increasing the maximum number of shares on an annual basis by the lesser of 400,000 shares or 4% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding at the end of each fiscal year. Options are to be granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock at the date of grant. Vesting terms are determined at the discretion of the Board of

F-15



Directors and generally range from immediate vesting to vesting at various rates over five years. All options terminate 10 years after the date of grant. A summary of option activity is as follows:

 
  Options
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price

Outstanding at November 27, 1999   553,500   $ 20.81
Fiscal 2000:          
  Granted   346,500     13.72
  Exercised   (1,900 )   18.50
  Canceled   (11,000 )   23.68
   
     
Outstanding at November 25, 2000   887,100     18.01
Fiscal 2001:          
  Granted   679,600     12.98
  Canceled   (78,000 )   18.14
   
     
Outstanding at November 24, 2001   1,488,700     15.75
Fiscal 2002:          
  Granted   582,820     14.57
  Exercised   (56,500 )   9.70
  Canceled   (156,000 )   18.50
   
     
Outstanding at November 30, 2002   1,859,020     15.33
   
     
Options available for grant at November 30, 2002   552,580      
   
     
Options exercisable:          
  At November 25, 2000   201,877   $ 20.64
   
 
  At November 24, 2001   416,710   $ 18.85
   
 
  At November 30, 2002   692,604   $ 17.12
   
 
Weighted average remaining contractual life at November 30, 2002   7.86 years      
 
  Options Outstanding
   
  Options Exercisable
Range of
Exercise Prices

  Number
Outstanding at
November 30,
2002

  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(years)

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

  Number
Exercisable at
November 30,
2002

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

$  8.88—$13.65   538,300   8.09   $ 10.53   195,952   $ 10.48
$13.75—$18.50   1,026,770   8.01   $ 15.83   323,502   $ 17.97
$19.75—$22.50   198,250   7.54   $ 21.22   93,925   $ 21.70
$23.00—$30.25   95,700   5.62   $ 24.86   79,225   $ 24.66
   
           
     
Total   1,859,020   7.86   $ 15.33   692,604   $ 17.12
   
           
     

        Pro forma information regarding net income and net income per share is required by SFAS No. 123 and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method of that Statement. The fair market value of the stock options at the date

F-16


of grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
Risk-free interest rate   6.1 % 3.6 % 2.6 %
   
 
 
 
Expected volatility   63 % 60 % 70 %
   
 
 
 
Weighted average expected life (in years)   3.88   3.56   3.11  
   
 
 
 
Expected dividends        
   
 
 
 

        The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of fair value of its employee stock options. The weighted average fair market value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model of the options granted was $5.66 in fiscal 2000, $5.52 in fiscal 2001, and $6.50 in fiscal 2002.

        For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized over the options' respective vesting periods. The Company's pro forma information is as follows (in thousands, except for net income per share information):

 
  Fiscal Year
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (53 weeks)

Net income—as reported   $ 8,839   $ 7,439   $ 8,436
   
 
 
Net income—pro forma   $ 8,291   $ 6,186   $ 6,626
   
 
 
Basic net income per share—as reported   $ 1.01   $ 0.82   $ 0.93
   
 
 
Basic net income per share—pro forma   $ 0.95   $ 0.68   $ 0.73
   
 
 
Diluted net income per share—as reported   $ 1.01   $ 0.81   $ 0.91
   
 
 
Diluted net income per share—pro forma   $ 0.94   $ 0.67   $ 0.71
   
 
 

        The effect on pro forma net income and net income per share of expensing the fair value of stock options is not necessarily representative of the effects on reported results for future years.

        The Company has adopted the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The Stock Purchase Plan authorizes the issuance of up to an aggregate of 243,000 shares of common stock to participating employees at a purchase price equal to 85 percent of fair market value on either the first or the last day of the one-year offering period under the Stock Purchase Plan. During fiscal 2001, 16,006 shares were issued under the Stock Purchase Plan. In fiscal 2002, there was no offering period under the Stock Purchase Plan and no shares were issued.

F-17



        Options granted to non-employee consultants, amounting to options for the purchase of 39,500 shares of common stock at November 30, 2002, are accounted for at fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 123. During fiscal 2001, $188,000 was charged to compensation expense, while in fiscal 2000 and 2002, $121,000 and $14,000, respectively, was credited to compensation expense in connection with these options.

13. Business Segment and Geographic Information

        CRA operates in only one business segment, which is consulting services. Revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region, based on the physical location of the operation recording the revenue or the asset, are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Fiscal Year
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (53 weeks)

Revenue:                  
  United States   $ 78,742   $ 99,446   $ 113,372
  United Kingdom     1,761     4,812     10,306
  Other     2,044     5,546     7,012
   
 
 
  Total foreign     3,805     10,358     17,318
   
 
 
    $ 82,547   $ 109,804   $ 130,690
   
 
 
 
  November 25,
2000

  November 24,
2001

  November 30,
2002

Long-lived assets (property and equipment, net)                  
  United States   $ 5,329   $ 6,344   $ 7,701
  United Kingdom     369     381     504
  Other     244     844     1,192
   
 
 
  Total foreign     613     1225     1,696
   
 
 
    $ 5,942   $ 7,569   $ 9,397
   
 
 

F-18


14. Income Taxes

        Components of the Company's deferred taxes are as follows:

 
  November 24,
2001

  November 30,
2002

 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Accrued compensation and related expenses   $ 1,629   $ 2,297  
  Allowance for doubtful accounts     310     495  
  Net operating loss carryforwards     271     591  
  Excess tax over book depreciation and amortization     328      
  Valuation allowance     (271 )   (591 )
   
 
 
      2,267     2,792  
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Excess book over tax depreciation and amortization         340  
  Other     502     395  
   
 
 
      502     735  
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets   $ 1,765   $ 2,057  
   
 
 

        The provision (credit) for income taxes for current year operations consists of the following:

 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
 
  (52 weeks)

  (52 weeks)

  (53 weeks)

 

 


 

(In thousands)


 
Currently payable:                    
  Federal   $ 4,603   $ 5,734   $ 4,430  
  Foreign     24     354     865  
  State     817     889     876  
   
 
 
 
      5,444     6,977     6,171  
Deferred:                    
  Federal     614     (960 )   (199 )
  Foreign             (57 )
  State     108     (169 )   (36 )
   
 
 
 
      722     (1,129 )   (292 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 6,166   $ 5,848   $ 5,879  
   
 
 
 

F-19


        A reconciliation of the Company's tax rates with the federal statutory rate is as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year
 
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
 
Federal statutory rate   34.0 % 34.3 % 34.3 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit   6.3   6.0   6.2  
Foreign net operating losses not benefited     2.1   2.1  
NeuCo net operating losses not benefited       1.3  
Foreign net operating loss carryforward benefit       (1.0 )
Other   1.0   0.3   (0.2 )
   
 
 
 
    41.3 % 42.7 % 42.7 %
   
 
 
 

        At November 30, 2002, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards aggregating approximately $1.2 million, of which $417,000 begins to expire in 2012.

15. Related-Party Transactions

        The Company made payments to stockholders of the Company who performed consulting services for the Company in the amounts of $6.2 million in fiscal 2000, $7.9 million in fiscal 2001, and $9.0 million in fiscal 2002.

16. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 
  Quarter Ended
 
 
  February 16,
2001

  May 11,
2001

  August 31,
2001

  November 24,
2001

 
 
  (12 weeks)

  (12 weeks)

  (16 weeks)

  (12 weeks)

 

 


 

(In thousands, except per share data)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Revenues   $ 21,144   $ 24,567   $ 34,914   $ 29,179  
Gross profit     8,613     9,907     13,988     11,706  
Income from operations     2,033     2,589     4,179     3,857  
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interest     2,372     2,865     4,487     3,979  
Minority interest     123     (33 )   (186 )   (320 )
Net income     1,413     1,704     2,407     1,915  
Basic net income per share     0.16     0.19     0.26     0.21  
Diluted net income per share     0.16     0.19     0.26     0.21  

F-20


 
  Quarter Ended
 
  February 15,
2002

  May 10,
2002

  August 30,
2002

  November 30,
2002

 
  (12 weeks)

  (12 weeks)

  (16 weeks)

  (13 weeks)


 


 

(In thousands, except per share data)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Revenues   $ 24,202   $ 28,016   $ 42,027   $ 36,445
Gross profit     9,525     10,750     16,429     13,327
Income from operations     2,613     2,602     4,675     3,541
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interest     2,721     2,711     4,614     3,722
Minority interest     (28 )   344     52     179
Net income     1,564     2,003     2,587     2,282
Basic net income per share     0.17     0.22     0.29     0.25
Diluted net income per share     0.17     0.22     0.28     0.25

F-21



CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
  Twenty-four Weeks Ended
 
 
  May 10, 2002
  May 16, 2003
 
Revenues   $ 52,218   $ 75,030  
Costs of services     31,943     46,959  
   
 
 
Gross profit     20,275     28,071  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     15,060     19,610  
   
 
 
Income from operations     5,215     8,461  
Interest and other income, net     217     187  
   
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interest     5,432     8,648  
Provision for income taxes     (2,181 )   (3,589 )
   
 
 
Income before minority interest     3,251     5,059  
Minority interest     316     (30 )
   
 
 
Net income   $ 3,567   $ 5,029  
   
 
 
Net income per share:              
  Basic   $ 0.39   $ 0.56  
   
 
 
  Diluted   $ 0.38   $ 0.54  
   
 
 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:              
  Basic     9,046     9,015  
   
 
 
  Diluted     9,301     9,260  
   
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-22



CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

May 16, 2003

(In thousands, except share data)

ASSETS  
Current assets:        
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 23,302  
  Short-term investments     43  
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,641 for doubtful accounts     31,050  
  Unbilled services     16,427  
  Prepaid expenses     2,590  
  Deferred income taxes     1,910  
   
 
Total current assets     75,322  
Property and equipment, net     11,126  
Goodwill     24,802  
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,169     1,354  
Long-term investments     4,951  
Deferred income taxes, net of current portion     131  
Other assets     2,585  
   
 
Total assets   $ 120,271  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  
Current liabilities:        
  Accounts payable   $ 8,507  
  Accrued expenses     20,663  
  Deferred revenue and other liabilities     2,338  
  Current portion of notes payable to former stockholders     327  
  Current portion of notes payable      
   
 
Total current liabilities     31,835  
Notes payable to former stockholders, net of current portion     413  
Deferred rent     2,461  
Minority interest     1,726  
Commitments and contingencies        
Stockholders' equity:        
  Preferred stock, no par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding      
  Common stock, no par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 9,032,082 issued and outstanding     45,571  
  Receivable from stockholder     (4,500 )
  Deferred compensation     (37 )
  Retained earnings     42,246  
  Foreign currency translation     556  
   
 
Total stockholders' equity     83,836  
   
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 120,271  
   
 

See accompanying notes.

F-23



CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 
  Twenty-four Weeks Ended
 
 
  May 10, 2002
  May 16, 2003
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:              
Net income   $ 3,567   $ 5,029  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:              
  Depreciation and amortization     1,131     1,825  
  Deferred rent     (193 )   852  
  Minority interest     (316 )   30  
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:              
    Accounts receivable     (1,118 )   (5,050 )
    Unbilled services     1,994     (10 )
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     (169 )   (125 )
    Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities     (2,283 )   5,055  
   
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities     2,613     7,606  
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:              
  Purchase of property and equipment     (1,418 )   (3,010 )
  Sale of investments, net     576     506  
  Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired     (10,345 )    
   
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (11,187 )   (2,504 )
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:              
  Payments on notes payable     (1,003 )   (660 )
  Payments on notes payable to former stockholders     (123 )    
  Issuance of common stock     127      
  Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options     257     186  
  Payment for repurchase of minority interest shares in subsidiary         (300 )
   
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities     (742 )   (774 )
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents     186     128  
   
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     (9,130 )   4,456  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     21,880     18,846  
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 12,750   $ 23,302  
   
 
 
Non-cash financing activities:              
Payable in exchange for treasury stock   $ 582   $  
   
 
 
Supplemental cash flow information:              
  Cash paid for income taxes   $ 1,479   $ 3,724  
   
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-24



CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

1. Description of Business

        Charles River Associates Incorporated (CRA) is an economic, financial, and business consulting firm that applies advanced analytic techniques and in-depth industry knowledge to complex engagements for a broad range of clients. CRA offers two types of services: legal and regulatory consulting and business consulting. CRA operates in only one business segment, which is consulting services.

2. Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and Estimates

        The consolidated statements of income for the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 and May 16, 2003, the consolidated balance sheet as of May 16, 2003, and the consolidated statements of cash flows for the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 and May 16, 2003, are unaudited. In the opinion of management, these statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of CRA's consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the dates of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of CRA, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and NeuCo, Inc. (NeuCo), a corporation founded by CRA and an affiliate of Commonwealth Energy Systems in June 1997. As of February 21, 2003, CRA had a 49.7 percent interest in NeuCo which, combined with other considerations, represented control. In March 2003, NeuCo repurchased and cancelled shares from a minority interest stockholder, which increased CRA's interest in NeuCo to 59.7 percent. This transaction has been recorded as an adjustment of capital. The portion of the results of operations of NeuCo allocable to its minority owners is shown as "minority interest" on CRA's statement of income, and that amount, along with the capital contributions to NeuCo of its minority owners, is shown as "minority interest" on CRA's balance sheet. All significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated.

4. Fiscal Year

        CRA's fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in November, and accordingly, its fiscal year will periodically contain 53 weeks rather than 52 weeks. Fiscal 2002 was a 53-week year, whereas fiscal 2003 is a 52-week year. In a 52-week year, each of CRA's first, second, and fourth quarters includes twelve weeks, and its third quarter includes sixteen weeks. In a 53-week year, the fourth quarter includes thirteen weeks.

5. Revenue Recognition

        Revenues from most engagements are recognized as services are provided based upon hours worked and contractually agreed-upon hourly rates, as well as a computer services fee based upon

F-25



hours worked. Some revenues are derived from fixed-price engagements, for which revenue is recognized on a proportional performance method based on the ratio of costs incurred, substantially all of which are labor-related, to the total estimated project costs. Losses are provided for at the earliest date by which they are identified. Revenues also include expenses billed to clients, which include travel and other out-of-pocket expenses, outside consultants, and other reimbursable expenses. These reimbursable expenses included in revenues are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Twenty-four Weeks Ended
 
  May 10, 2002
  May 16, 2003
Reimbursable expenses billed to clients   $ 6,868   $ 11,804

        An allowance is provided for any amounts considered uncollectible.

        Unbilled services represent revenue recognized by CRA for services performed but not yet billed to the client.

6. Cash Equivalents and Investments

        Cash equivalents consist principally of money market funds, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances, and certificates of deposit with maturities when purchased of 90 days or less. Short-term investments generally consist of government bonds with maturities when purchased of more than 90 days but less than one year. Long-term investments, which are intended to be held to maturity, generally consist of government bonds with maturities when purchased of more than one year but less than two years. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Goodwill represents the cost in excess of fair market value of net assets of acquired businesses. In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" (SFAS No. 142), which revised the accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets. Specifically, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives will no longer be subject to amortization, but are monitored annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. Any impairment would be measured based upon the fair value of the related asset based upon provisions of SFAS No. 142. CRA elected early adoption of this accounting standard in fiscal 2002. There were no impairment losses related to goodwill due to the application of SFAS No. 142 in fiscal 2002, nor were there any indications of impairment in the twenty-four weeks ended May 16, 2003.

        Intangible assets consist principally of non-competition agreements and customer relationships and are generally amortized over five to ten years.

8. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        CRA reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets (primarily property and equipment and intangible assets) to assess the recoverability of these assets whenever events indicate that impairment may have occurred. As part of this assessment, CRA reviews the expected future undiscounted

F-26



operating cash flows expected to be generated by those assets. If impairment is indicated through this review, the carrying amount of the asset will be reduced to its estimated fair value.

        In October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" (SFAS No. 144). SFAS No. 144 addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. The accounting model for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale applies to all long-lived assets, including discontinued operations. SFAS No. 144 requires that those long-lived assets be measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, whether reported in continuing operations or in discontinued operations. Therefore, discontinued operations will no longer be measured at net realizable value or include amounts for operating losses that have not yet occurred. SFAS No. 144 also broadens the reporting of discontinued operations to include all components of an entity with operations that can be distinguished from the rest of the entity and that will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the entity in a disposal transaction. The provisions of this Statement became effective for CRA in fiscal 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of CRA.

9. Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are recorded at cost. CRA provides for depreciation of equipment using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life, generally three to ten years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the leasehold improvements. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Expenses for renewals and betterments are capitalized.

10. Net Income per Share

        Basic net income per share represents net income divided by the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share represents net income divided by the weighted average shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. Weighted average shares used in diluted earnings per share include common stock equivalents arising from stock options using the treasury stock method. Reconciliation of basic to diluted weighted average shares of common stock outstanding is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Twenty-four Weeks Ended
 
  May 10, 2002
  May 16, 2003
Basic weighted average shares outstanding   9,046   9,015
Weighted average equivalent shares   255   245
   
 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding   9,301   9,260
   
 

11. Stock-Based Compensation

        CRA has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," in accounting for its stock-based compensation plans rather than the alternative fair value accounting method provided for under SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS No. 123). SFAS No. 123 requires that companies either recognize

F-27



compensation expense for grants of stock options and other equity instruments based on fair value, or provide pro forma disclosure of net income and net income per share in the notes to the financial statements. The following table presents the effect on net income and net income per share had compensation costs for the awards under the stock-based compensation plans been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123 (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Twenty-four Weeks Ended
 
 
  May 10, 2002
  May 16, 2003
 
Net income — as reported   $ 3,567   $ 5,029  
Less stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value method for all stock options, net of related income tax benefit   $ (669 ) $ (973 )
   
 
 
Net income — pro forma   $ 2,898   $ 4,056  
Basic net income per share — as reported   $ .39   $ .56  
   
 
 
Basic net income per share — pro forma   $ .32   $ .45  
   
 
 
Diluted net income per share — as reported   $ .38   $ .54  
   
 
 
Diluted net income per share — pro forma   $ .31   $ .44  
   
 
 

12. Comprehensive Income

        Comprehensive income represents net income reported by CRA in the accompanying consolidated statements of income adjusted for changes in CRA's foreign currency translation account. A reconciliation is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Twenty-four Weeks Ended
 
  May 10, 2002
  May 16, 2003
Net income   $ 3,567   $ 5,029
Change in foreign currency translation     186     500
   
 
Comprehensive income   $ 3,753   $ 5,529
   
 

13. Foreign Currency Translation

        In accordance with SFAS No. 52, "Foreign Currency Translation," balance sheet accounts of CRA's foreign subsidiaries are translated into United States dollars at period-end exchange rates. Operating accounts are translated at average exchange rates for each reporting period. The net gain or loss resulting from the changes in exchange rates during the twenty-four weeks ended May 10, 2002 and May 16, 2003 have been reported in comprehensive income. Transaction gains and losses are recorded in interest and other income, net, in the consolidated statements of income.

14. Business Acquisitions

        On May 10, 2002, CRA completed the acquisitions of certain assets of the North American and U.K. operations of the Chemicals and Energy Vertical practice ("CEV") of the then Arthur D. Little

F-28



corporation ("ADL") for $10.5 million in cash. (Arthur D. Little, Inc. is now known as Dehon, Inc.) The acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The effective date of the acquisition of the North American business was April 29, 2002, and the effective date of the acquisition of the U.K. business was May 10, 2002. The results of operations related to the acquisitions have been included in the accompanying statements of income from the respective effective dates. The pro forma results of operations had these acquisitions occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2002 would not be materially different from the results in the accompanying statements of income. Management believes that the CEV acquisitions enhanced CRA's position in consulting to the chemicals and petroleum industries. CRA acquired 75 employee consultants, accounts receivable and the ongoing client projects being handled by the acquired employee consultants. Of the $10.5 million purchase price, $0.9 million was recorded as intangibles, consisting primarily of customer relationships, $2.7 million was recorded primarily as accounts receivable, and the remaining $6.9 million was recorded as goodwill, all of which is expected to be deducted for tax purposes. The portion of the purchase price attributable to goodwill primarily related to the extensive industry experience of the acquired employee consultants.

F-29




2,061,000 Shares

         LOGO

Charles River Associates Incorporated

Common Stock


PROSPECTUS
                        , 2003


        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from the information in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed after the date of this prospectus.

William Blair & Company

Sole Book-Running Manager
      Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc.

Co-Lead Manager

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC




PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

        The following table provides information regarding the various expenses in connection with the offering and distribution of the securities being registered, other than the underwriting discount. All amounts shown are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market listing fee.

 
  Payable by
CRA:

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee   $ 5,927
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee     7,827
Nasdaq National Market listing fee     5,049
Printing and engraving expenses     100,000
Transfer agent fees     5,000
Accounting fees and expenses     75,000
Legal fees and expenses     185,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including related legal fees)     5,000
Miscellaneous     111,197
   
  Total   $ 500,000
   

Item 15. Indemnification of directors and officers.

        Article VI.C. of our amended and restated articles of organization provides that a director shall not have personal liability to us or our stockholders for monetary damages arising out of the director's breach of fiduciary duty as our director, to the maximum extent permitted by Massachusetts law. Section 13(b)(11/2) of Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws provides that the articles of organization of a corporation may state a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to a corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided, however, that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under sections 61 or 62 of Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws, which relate to liability for unauthorized distributions and loans to insiders, respectively, or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Article VI.D. of our amended and restated articles of organization provides that we shall, to the fullest extent authorized by Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws, indemnify each person who is, or shall have been, one of our directors or officers or who is or was one of our directors or employees and is serving, or shall have served, at our request, as a director or officer of another organization or in any capacity with respect to any of our employee benefit plans, against all liabilities and expenses (including judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and reasonable attorneys' fees) imposed upon or incurred by any such person in connection with, or arising out of, the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, in which they may be involved by reason of being or having been such a director or officer or as a result of service with respect to any such employee benefit plan. Section 67 of Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and other agents unless such person shall have been adjudicated in any proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such action was in the best interests of the corporation or, to

II-1



the extent such matter related to service with respect to an employee benefit plan, in the best interests of the participants or beneficiaries of such employee benefit plan.

        The effect of these provisions would be to permit indemnification by us for, among other liabilities, liabilities arising out of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

        Section 67 of Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws also affords a Massachusetts corporation the power to obtain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against liabilities incurred by them in those capacities. We have procured a directors and officers liability and company reimbursement liability insurance policy that (a) insures our directors and officers against losses (above a deductible amount) arising from certain claims made against them by reason of certain acts or omissions of such directors or officers in their capacity as directors or officers and (b) insures us against losses (above a deductible amount) arising from any such claims, but only if we are required or permitted to indemnify such directors or officers for such losses under statutory or common law or under provisions of our amended and restated articles of organization or amended and restated by-laws.

        We refer you to Section 11 of the underwriting agreement with the selling stockholders and the underwriters, filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, for a description of indemnification arrangements among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters.

        We refer you to the indemnity agreement with the selling stockholders, filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this registration statement, for a description of indemnification arrangements by us for the benefit of the selling stockholders.

Item 16. Exhibits.

Number

  Description

1.1   Underwriting Agreement

4.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Organization (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to our registration statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-46941, and incorporated herein by reference)

4.2

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to our registration statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-46941, and incorporated herein by reference)

4.3

 

Specimen certificate for our common stock (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our registration statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-46941, and incorporated herein by reference)

5.1

 

Opinion of Foley Hoag
LLP

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors

23.2

 

Consent of Foley Hoag
LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

*24.1

 

Power of Attorney (contained on the signature page of this registration statement)

99.1

 

Form of Indemnity Agreement with the selling stockholders

*
Previously filed.

II-2


Item 17. Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Boston, Massachusetts, on July 30, 2003.

    CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED

 

 

By:

/s/  
J. PHILLIP COOPER      
J. Phillip Cooper
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
*
James C. Burrows
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   July 30, 2003

/s/  
J. PHILLIP COOPER      
J. Phillip Cooper

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

 

July 30, 2003

*

Rowland T. Moriarty

 

Chairman of the Board

 

July 30, 2003

*

Franklin M. Fisher

 

Vice Chairman of the Board

 

July 30, 2003

*

William F. Concannon

 

Director

 

July 30, 2003

*

Carl Kaysen

 

Director

 

July 30, 2003

*

Ronald T. Maheu

 

Director

 

July 30, 2003

*

Steven C. Salop

 

Director

 

July 30, 2003

*

Carl Shapiro

 

Director

 

July 30, 2003

*By:

 

/s/  J. PHILLIP COOPER      
J. Phillip Cooper
Attorney-in-fact


EXHIBIT INDEX

Number

  Description

1.1   Underwriting Agreement

4.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Organization (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to our registration statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-46941, and incorporated herein by reference)

4.2

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to our registration statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-46941, and incorporated herein by reference)

4.3

 

Specimen certificate for our common stock (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our registration statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-46941, and incorporated herein by reference)

5.1

 

Opinion of Foley Hoag
LLP

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors

23.2

 

Consent of Foley Hoag
LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

*24.1

 

Power of Attorney (contained on the signature page of this registration statement)

99.1

 

Form of Indemnity Agreement with the selling stockholders

*
Previously filed.




                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1

                      CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED
                         2,061,000 Shares Common Stock(1)


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                               August ____, 2003

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc.
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
   As Representatives of the Several
   Underwriters Named in Schedule A
c/o William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
222 West Adams Street
Chicago, Illinois  60606

Ladies and Gentlemen:

       SECTION 1.  INTRODUCTORY. Charles River Associates Incorporated (the
"COMPANY"), a Massachusetts corporation, has an authorized capital stock
consisting of 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, without par value, of which
no shares are outstanding and 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock, without par
value ("COMMON STOCK"), of which 9,032,082 shares were outstanding as of May 16,
2003. The Company proposes to issue and sell 400,000 shares of its authorized
but unissued Common Stock, and certain stockholders and optionholders of the
Company (collectively referred to as the "SELLING STOCKHOLDERS" and named in
Schedule B) propose to sell 1,661,000 shares of the Company's issued and
outstanding Common Stock, to the several underwriters named in Schedule A as it
may be amended by the Pricing Agreement hereinafter defined ("UNDERWRITERS"),
who are acting severally and not jointly. Collectively, such total of 2,061,000
shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Company and the Selling
Stockholders is hereinafter referred to as the "FIRM SHARES." In addition, the
Company and the Selling Stockholders propose to grant to the Underwriters an
option to purchase up to 309,150 additional shares of Common Stock ("OPTION
SHARES") as provided in Section 5 hereof. The Firm Shares and, to the extent
such option is exercised, the Option Shares, are hereinafter collectively
referred to as the "SHARES."

- ----------
(1) Plus an option to acquire up to 309,150 additional shares to cover
overallotments.



     You have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholders that the
Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of
the Shares as soon as you deem advisable after the Registration Statement
becomes effective, if it has not yet become effective, and the Pricing Agreement
hereinafter defined has been executed and delivered.

     Prior to the purchase and public offering of the Shares by the several
Underwriters, the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Representatives,
acting on behalf of the several Underwriters, shall enter into an agreement
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the "PRICING AGREEMENT"). The
Pricing Agreement may take the form of an exchange of any standard form of
written telecommunication between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the
Representatives and shall specify such applicable information as is indicated in
Exhibit A hereto. The offering of the Shares will be governed by this Agreement,
as supplemented by the Pricing Agreement. From and after the date of the
execution and delivery of the Pricing Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed
to incorporate the Pricing Agreement.

     The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders hereby confirm their
respective agreements with the Underwriters as follows:

       SECTION 2.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY. The
Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to each Underwriter as
follows:

              (a)  REGISTRATION STATEMENT; PROSPECTUS. A registration statement
     on Form S-3 (File No. 333-107033) and a related preliminary prospectus with
     respect to the Shares have been prepared and filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") by the Company in conformity with
     the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules
     and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the "SECURITIES
     ACT;" unless indicated to the contrary, all references herein to specific
     rules are rules promulgated under the Securities Act); and the Company has
     so prepared and has filed such amendments thereto, if any, and such amended
     preliminary prospectuses as may have been required to the date hereof and
     will file such additional amendments thereto and such amended prospectuses
     as may hereafter be required.

                   Such registration statement (as amended, if applicable) at
     the time it becomes effective and the prospectus constituting a part
     thereof (including the information, if any, deemed to be part thereof
     pursuant to Rule 430A(b) and/or Rule 434), as from time to time amended or
     supplemented, are hereinafter referred to as the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT,"
     and the "PROSPECTUS," respectively, except that if any revised prospectus
     shall be provided to the Underwriters by the Company for use in connection
     with the offering of the Shares which differs from the Prospectus on file
     at the Commission at the time the Registration Statement became or becomes
     effective (whether or not such revised prospectus is required to be filed
     by the Company pursuant to Rule

                                       -2-


     424(b)), the term Prospectus shall refer to such revised prospectus from
     and after the time it was provided to the Underwriters for such use. If the
     Company elects to rely on Rule 434 of the Securities Act, all references to
     "Prospectus" shall be deemed to include, without limitation, the form of
     prospectus and the term sheet, taken together, provided to the Underwriters
     by the Company in accordance with Rule 434 of the Securities Act ("RULE 434
     Prospectus"). Any registration statement (including any amendment or
     supplement thereto or information which is deemed part thereof) filed by
     the Company under Rule 462(b) ("RULE 462(b) REGISTRATION STATEMENT") shall
     be deemed to be part of the "Registration Statement" as defined herein, and
     any prospectus (including any amendment or supplement thereto or
     information which is deemed part thereof) included in such registration
     statement shall be deemed to be part of the "Prospectus," as defined
     herein, as appropriate. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
     and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder are hereinafter
     collectively referred to as the "EXCHANGE ACT." Any reference herein to any
     preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and
     include the documents incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Form
     S-3 under the Securities Act ("INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS"), as of the date of
     such preliminary prospectus or Prospectus, as the case may be. Any document
     filed by the Company under the Exchange Act after the effective date of the
     Registration Statement or the date of the Prospectus and incorporated by
     reference in the Prospectus shall be deemed to be included in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus as of the date of such filing.

              (b)  COMPLIANCE WITH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS. The Registration
     Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement have been declared
     effective by the Commission under the Securities Act. The Company has
     complied to the Commission's satisfaction with all requests of the
     Commission for additional or supplemental information. No stop order
     suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule
     462(b) Registration Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such
     purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the best knowledge of
     the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.

              Each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus when filed complied
     in all material respects with the Securities Act and, if filed by
     electronic transmission pursuant to the Commission's Electronic Data
     Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (EDGAR) (except as may be
     permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act), was identical to the
     copy thereof delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the
     offer and sale of the Shares. Each of the Registration Statement, any Rule
     462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at
     the time it became effective and at all subsequent times, complied and will
     comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and did not and
     will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statements therein not misleading. The Prospectus, as amended or
     supplemented, as of its date and at all subsequent times, did not and will
     not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
     material fact necessary, in order to make the

                                       -3-


     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
     made, not misleading. The representations and warranties set forth in the
     two immediately preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or
     omissions from the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration
     Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereto, or the Prospectus, or
     any amendments or supplements thereto, made in reliance upon and in
     conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the
     Company in writing by the Underwriters expressly for use therein. There are
     no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Prospectus
     or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not
     been described or filed as required.

              (c)  OFFERING MATERIALS FURNISHED TO UNDERWRITERS. The Company has
     delivered to each Representative and their counsel one complete manually
     signed copy of the Registration Statement and of each consent and
     certificate of experts filed as a part thereof, and to each Underwriter
     conformed copies of the Registration Statement (without exhibits) and
     preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, in
     such quantities and at such places as the Underwriters have reasonably
     requested.

              (d)  DISTRIBUTION OF OFFERING MATERIAL BY THE COMPANY. The Company
     has not distributed and will not distribute, prior to the later of the
     Second Closing Date (as defined below) and the completion of the
     Underwriters' distribution of the Shares, any offering material in
     connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than a
     preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or the Registration Statement.

              (e)  THE UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT AND THE PRICING AGREEMENT. This
     Agreement and the Pricing Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by, and are valid and binding agreements of, the Company,
     enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as rights to
     indemnification or contribution hereunder may be limited by applicable law
     and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or
     affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable
     principles.

              (f)  AUTHORIZATION OF THE SHARES. The Shares to be purchased by
     the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance
     and sale pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the
     Company pursuant to this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and
     nonassessable.

              (g)  NO APPLICABLE REGISTRATION OR OTHER SIMILAR RIGHTS. There are
     no persons with registration or other similar rights to have any equity or
     debt securities registered for sale under the Registration Statement or
     included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such
     rights as have been duly waived or complied with.

                                       -4-


              (h)  NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. Except as otherwise disclosed in
     the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information
     is given in the Prospectus: (i) there has been no material adverse change,
     or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a
     material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in
     the earnings, business, operations or prospects, whether or not arising
     from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and
     its subsidiaries (the "SUBSIDIARIES"), considered as one entity (any such
     change is called a "MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE"); (ii) the Company and the
     Subsidiaries, considered as one entity, have not incurred any material
     liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, not in the
     ordinary course of business nor entered into any material transaction or
     agreement not in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) there has been
     no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the
     Company or, except for dividends paid to the Company, by a Subsidiary on
     any class of capital stock or repurchase or redemption by the Company or
     any Subsidiary of any class of capital stock.

              (i)  INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS. Ernst & Young LLP, who have
     expressed their opinion with respect to the financial statements (which
     term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) and
     supporting schedules filed with the Commission as a part of the
     Registration Statement and included in the Prospectus, are independent
     public or certified public accountants as required by the Securities Act
     and the Exchange Act.

              (j)  PREPARATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The financial
     statements filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration
     Statement and included in the Prospectus present fairly the consolidated
     financial position of the Company and the Subsidiaries as of and at the
     dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flows for the
     periods specified. The supporting schedules, if any, included in the
     Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated
     therein. Such financial statements and supporting schedules have been
     prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
     applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as
     may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto. No other financial
     statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the
     Registration Statement. The financial data set forth in the Prospectus
     under the captions "Prospectus Summary - Summary Consolidated Financial
     Data," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Capitalization" fairly
     present the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that
     of the audited financial statements contained in the Registration
     Statement.

              (k)  INCORPORATION AND GOOD STANDING OF THE COMPANY AND THE
     SUBSIDIARIES. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly
     existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
     Commonwealth of Massachusetts and has corporate power and authority to own,
     lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described
     in the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this
     Agreement. Each Subsidiary has been duly organized and is validly existing
     as a corporation or limited liability company in good

                                       -5-


     standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has
     power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct
     its business as described in the Prospectus. Each of the Company and the
     Subsidiaries is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing
     in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by
     reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business,
     except for such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify or to be in
     good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a
     Material Adverse Change. The Company is the legal and beneficial owner of
     the capital stock or membership interest in each Subsidiary, as described
     in the Registration Statement. The Company owns its capital stock or
     membership interest in each Subsidiary free and clear of any security
     interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or claim. Except as described
     in the Prospectus, the Company has no obligation to contribute capital to
     any Subsidiary pursuant to the organizational documents, operating
     agreement or certificate of formation of such Subsidiary or any contractual
     arrangement with any third party. The Company does not own or control,
     directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other
     than the Subsidiaries.

              (l)  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. The conduct of the business of the
     Company and each of the Subsidiaries is in compliance in all respects with
     applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations, except
     where the failure to be in compliance would not result in a Material
     Adverse Change.

              (m)  CAPITALIZATION AND OTHER CAPITAL STOCK MATTERS. The
     authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company as of May
     16, 2003 was as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption
     "Capitalization." The Common Stock (including the Shares) conforms in all
     material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.
     All of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (including the
     shares of Common Stock owned by Selling Stockholders) have been duly
     authorized and validly issued, are (except, in the case of shares purchased
     by officers of the Company under agreements which provide for the purchase
     price to be paid in installments, to the extent of the installments which
     are not yet due and payable) fully paid and nonassessable and have been
     issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws. None of the
     outstanding shares of Common Stock were issued in violation of any
     preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to
     subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. There are no
     authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of
     first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities
     convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of
     the Company or any Subsidiary other than those accurately described in the
     Prospectus and those relating to NeuCo, Inc. The description of the
     Company's stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements,
     and the options or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the
     Prospectus is an accurate and fair description in all material respects of
     such plans, arrangements, options and rights.

                                       -6-


              (n)  EXCHANGE ACT AND NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET LISTING. The Common
     Stock (including the Shares) is registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
     Exchange Act and is listed on the Nasdaq National Market, and the Company
     has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of,
     terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or
     delisting the Common Stock from the Nasdaq National Market, nor has the
     Company received any notification that the Commission or the National
     Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") is contemplating
     terminating such registration or listing.

              (o)  NON-CONTRAVENTION OF EXISTING INSTRUMENTS; NO FURTHER
     AUTHORIZATIONS OR APPROVALS REQUIRED. Neither the Company nor any
     Subsidiary is in violation of its charter or by-laws or is in default (or,
     with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in default)
     ("DEFAULT") under any indenture, mortgage, loan or credit agreement, note,
     contract, franchise, lease or other instrument to which the Company or such
     Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to
     which any of the property or assets of the Company or such Subsidiary is
     subject (each, an "EXISTING INSTRUMENT"), except for such Defaults as would
     not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change.
     The Company's execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
     Pricing Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
     and by the Prospectus (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary
     corporate action and will not result in any violation of the provisions of
     the charter or by-laws of the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) will not
     conflict with or constitute a breach of, or Default under, or result in the
     creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property
     or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to, or require the
     consent of any other party to, any Existing Instrument, except for such
     conflicts, breaches, Defaults, liens, charges or encumbrances (A) as to
     which the Company has obtained prior to the date hereof a valid waiver or
     consent, a copy of which has been delivered to counsel for the
     Underwriters, or (B) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result
     in a Material Adverse Change, and (iii) will not result in any violation of
     any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree
     applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary. No consent, approval,
     authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court
     or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for
     the Company's execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
     Pricing Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
     and thereby and by the Prospectus, except such as have been obtained or
     made by the Company and are in full force and effect under the Securities
     Act or applicable state securities or blue sky laws and from the NASD.

              (p)  NO MATERIAL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS. There are no legal or
     governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best of the
     Company's knowledge, threatened (i) against the Company or any Subsidiary,
     (ii) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of, or
     property owned or leased by, the Company or any Subsidiary or (iii)
     relating to environmental or discrimination matters, where in any such case
     (A) there is a reasonable

                                       -7-


     possibility that such action, suit or proceeding might be determined
     adversely to the Company or any Subsidiary and (B) any such action, suit or
     proceeding, if so determined adversely, would reasonably be expected to
     result in a Material Adverse Change or adversely affect the consummation of
     the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No material labor dispute
     with the employees of the Company or any Subsidiary exists or, to the best
     of the Company's knowledge, is threatened or imminent.

              (q)  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. The Company and each Subsidiary
     own or possess sufficient trademarks, trade names, patent rights,
     copyrights, licenses, approvals, trade secrets and other similar rights
     (collectively, "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS") reasonably necessary to
     conduct their businesses as now conducted; and the expected expiration of
     any of such Intellectual Property Rights would not result in a Material
     Adverse Change. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any
     notice of infringement or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property
     Rights of others, which infringement or conflict, if the subject of an
     unfavorable decision, would result in a Material Adverse Change.

              (r)  ALL NECESSARY PERMITS, ETC. The Company and each Subsidiary
     possess such valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits
     issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or
     bodies necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where any
     failure to possess the same, individually or in the aggregate, would not
     result in a Material Adverse Change, and neither the Company nor any
     Subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the
     revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such
     certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if
     the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, could result in
     a Material Adverse Change.

              (s)  TITLE TO PROPERTIES. The Company and each Subsidiary have
     good and marketable title to all the properties and assets reflected as
     owned in the financial statements referred to in Section 2(j) above (or
     elsewhere in the Prospectus), in each case free and clear of any security
     interests, mortgages, liens, encumbrances, equities, claims and other
     defects, except such as are disclosed in the Prospectus or as do not
     materially and adversely affect the value of such property and do not
     materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such
     property by the Company or such Subsidiary. The real property,
     improvements, equipment and personal property held under lease by the
     Company or any Subsidiary are held under valid and enforceable leases, with
     such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with
     the use made or proposed to be made of such real property, improvements,
     equipment or personal property by the Company or such Subsidiary.

              (t)  TAX LAW COMPLIANCE. The Company and each Subsidiary have
     filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax
     returns and have paid all taxes due and payable by any of them and, if due
     and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or

                                       -8-


     penalty levied against any of them, except as may be being contested in
     good faith and by appropriate proceedings. The Company has made adequate
     charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements
     referred to in Section 2(j) above in respect of all federal, state and
     foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax
     liability of the Company or any Subsidiary has not been finally determined.

              (u)  COMPANY NOT AN "INVESTMENT COMPANY". The Company has been
     advised of the rules and requirements under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended (the "INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT"). The Company is not, and
     after receipt of payment for the Shares will not be, an "investment
     company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act and will conduct
     its business in a manner so that it will not become subject to the
     Investment Company Act.

              (v)  INSURANCE. The Company and each Subsidiary are insured by
     recognized, financially sound and reputable institutions with policies in
     such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks as are
     generally deemed adequate and customary for their businesses including, but
     not limited to, policies covering real and personal property owned or
     leased by the Company and any Subsidiary against theft, damage,
     destruction, acts of vandalism and earthquakes. The Company has no reason
     to believe that it or the Subsidiaries will not be able (i) to renew its
     existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to
     obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or
     appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that
     would not result in a Material Adverse Change. Since April 23, 1998,
     neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has been denied any insurance
     coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

              (w)  NO PRICE STABILIZATION OR MANIPULATION. The Company has not
     taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or
     that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or
     manipulation of the price of the Common Stock to facilitate the sale or
     resale of the Shares.

              (x)  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS. There are no business
     relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any
     Subsidiary or any other person required to be described in the Prospectus
     which have not been described as required.

              (y)  NO UNLAWFUL CONTRIBUTIONS OR OTHER PAYMENTS. Neither the
     Company nor any Subsidiary nor, to the best of the Company's knowledge, any
     employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary, has made any
     contribution or other payment to any official of, or candidate for, any
     federal, state or foreign office in violation of any law or of the
     character required to be disclosed in the Prospectus.

                                       -9-


              (z)  ERISA COMPLIANCE. The Company and each Subsidiary and any
     "employee benefit plan" (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income
     Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published
     interpretations thereunder (collectively, "ERISA")) established or
     maintained by the Company, any Subsidiary or their "ERISA AFFILIATES" (as
     defined below) are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA.
     "ERISA Affiliate" means, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary, any
     member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m)
     or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the
     regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the "CODE") of which
     the Company or any Subsidiary is a member. No "reportable event" (as
     defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with
     respect to any "employee benefit plan" established or maintained by the
     Company, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates. No "employee
     benefit plan" established or maintained by the Company, any Subsidiary or
     any of their ERISA Affiliates, if such "employee benefit plan" were
     terminated, would have any "amount of unfunded benefit liabilities" (as
     defined under ERISA). Neither the Company, any Subsidiary nor any of their
     ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability
     under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal
     from, any "employee benefit plan" or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B
     of the Code. Each "employee benefit plan" established or maintained by the
     Company, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates that is intended
     to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and
     nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would
     cause the loss of such qualification.

              (aa) EXCHANGE ACT COMPLIANCE. The Company has filed on a timely
     basis all reports and other documents required to be filed by it under the
     Exchange Act. All such reports and documents, as well as any such reports
     and documents filed by the Company from the date of this Agreement through
     the Second Closing Date, at the time they were or hereafter are filed with
     the Commission, complied and will comply in all material respects with the
     requirements of the Exchange Act, and when filed, did not or will not
     contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
     fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
     therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
     misleading.

              (bb) ACCOUNTING CONTROLS AND METHODOLOGY. Each of the Company and
     the Subsidiaries has established and maintains disclosure controls and
     procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act);
     such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that
     information required to be disclosed in the reports filed or submitted
     under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company's and
     the Subsidiaries' management, including their respective principal
     executive officers and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to
     allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure; and such disclosure
     controls and procedures are effective in all material respects to perform
     the functions for which they were established. Since the date of the most
     recent balance sheet reviewed or audited by the Company's auditors, there
     have been no significant changes in

                                      -10-


     internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect
     internal controls, including any corrective actions with regard to
     significant deficiencies and material weaknesses. Since the date of the
     most recent balance sheet reviewed or audited by the Company's and the
     Subsidiaries' auditors, the audit committee of the board of directors of
     the Company has not been advised of (i) any significant deficiencies in the
     design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the
     Company's and the Subsidiaries' ability to record, process, summarize and
     report financial data nor any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
     (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
     employees who have a significant role in the Company's and the
     Subsidiaries' internal controls.

              (cc) DOING BUSINESS WITH CUBA. The Company confirms as of the date
     hereof that it is in compliance with all provisions of Section 517.075 of
     the Florida Statutes, and the Company further agrees that if it commences
     engaging in business with the government of Cuba or with any person or
     affiliate located in Cuba after the date the Registration Statement becomes
     or has become effective with the Commission or with the Florida Department
     of Financial Services (the "Department"), whichever date is later, or if
     the information reported in the Prospectus, if any, concerning the
     Company's business with Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in
     Cuba changes in any material way, the Company will provide the Department
     notice of such business or change, as appropriate, in a form acceptable to
     the Department.

              Any certificate signed by an officer of the Company and delivered
to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters on the First Closing Date
or the Second Closing Date shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty
by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters set forth therein.

       SECTION 3.  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS. Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, hereby
represents, warrants and covenants to each Underwriter as follows:

              (a)  THE UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT AND THE PRICING AGREEMENT. This
     Agreement and the Pricing Agreement have been duly executed and delivered
     by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and are valid and binding
     agreements of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with
     their terms, except as rights to indemnification or contribution hereunder
     may be limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may
     be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
     similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors
     or by general equitable principles.

              (b)  THE CUSTODY AGREEMENT AND POWER OF ATTORNEY. Each of the (i)
     Custody Agreement signed by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and
     the Company, as custodian (the "CUSTODIAN"), relating to the deposit of the
     Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder (the "CUSTODY AGREEMENT") and
     (ii) Power of Attorney appointing certain individuals named

                                      -11-


     therein as such Selling Stockholder's attorneys-in-fact (each, an "AGENT")
     to the extent set forth therein relating to the transactions contemplated
     hereby and by the Prospectus (the "POWER OF ATTORNEY"), has been duly
     executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and is a
     valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in
     accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnification or
     contribution thereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the
     enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting
     the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles.

              (c)  TITLE TO SHARES TO BE SOLD; ALL AUTHORIZATIONS OBTAINED. Such
     Selling Stockholder has, and on the First Closing Date and the Second
     Closing Date (as defined below) will have, good and valid title to all of
     the Shares which may be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this
     Agreement on such date or, in the case of Shares to be acquired by such
     Selling Stockholder upon the exercise of stock options, the vested right to
     acquire such Shares upon such exercise, and the legal right and power, and
     all authorizations and approvals required by law to enter into this
     Agreement, the Custody Agreement and its Power of Attorney, to sell,
     transfer and deliver all of the Shares which may be sold by such Selling
     Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement and to comply with its other
     obligations hereunder and thereunder.

              (d)  DELIVERY OF THE SHARES TO BE SOLD. Delivery of the Shares
     which are sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement will
     pass good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of any security
     interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or other claim (other than
     any arising out of an action taken by an Underwriter).

              (e)  NON-CONTRAVENTION; NO FURTHER AUTHORIZATIONS OR APPROVALS
     REQUIRED. The execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of, and
     the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under, this
     Agreement, the Pricing Agreement, the Custody Agreement and its Power of
     Attorney will not contravene or conflict with, result in a breach of, or
     constitute a Default under, or require the consent of any other party to,
     any agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or
     by which it is bound or under which it is entitled to any right or benefit,
     any provision of applicable law or any judgment, order, decree or
     regulation applicable to such Selling Stockholder of any court, regulatory
     body, administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator having
     jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, except for any such
     contravention, conflict, breach or Default as to which the Company has
     obtained prior to the date hereof a valid waiver (a copy of which has been
     delivered to counsel for the Underwriters) and any such consent as has been
     obtained by the Company prior to the date hereof (a copy of which has been
     delivered to counsel for the Underwriters). No consent, approval,
     authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court
     or other governmental authority or agency, is required for the consummation
     by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated in this
     Agreement, except such as have been obtained or made

                                      -12-


     and are in full force and effect under the Securities Act or applicable
     state securities or blue sky laws and from the NASD.

              (f)  NO REGISTRATION OR OTHER SIMILAR RIGHTS. Such Selling
     Stockholder does not have any registration or other similar rights to have
     any equity or debt securities registered for sale by the Company under the
     Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this
     Agreement, except for such rights as have been duly waived or complied
     with.

              (g)  NO FURTHER CONSENTS, ETC. No consent, approval or waiver is
     required under any instrument or agreement to which such Selling
     Stockholder is a party or by which it is bound or under which it is
     entitled to any right or benefit, in connection with the offering, sale or
     purchase by the Underwriters of any of the Shares which may be sold by such
     Selling Stockholder under this Agreement or the consummation by such
     Selling Stockholder of any of the other transactions contemplated hereby,
     except any such consent, approval or waiver as has been obtained by such
     Selling Stockholder prior to the date hereof, a copy of which has been
     delivered to counsel for the Underwriters.

              (h)  DISCLOSURE MADE BY SUCH SELLING STOCKHOLDER IN THE
     PROSPECTUS. All information furnished by or on behalf of such Selling
     Stockholder in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement and
     Prospectus is, and on the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date
     will be, true, correct, and complete in all material respects, and does
     not, and on the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date will not,
     contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
     material fact necessary to make such information not misleading. Such
     Selling Stockholder confirms as accurate the number of shares of Common
     Stock set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder's name in the Prospectus
     under the caption "Principal and Selling Stockholders" (both prior to and
     after giving effect to the sale of the Shares).

              (i)  NO PRICE STABILIZATION OR MANIPULATION. Such Selling
     Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any
     action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result
     in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Stock to
     facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

              (j)  REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS. Such Selling
     Stockholder has reviewed the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and,
     to the knowledge of such Selling Stockholder, neither the Registration
     Statement nor the Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material
     fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
     necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Such Selling
     Stockholder has no knowledge of any material fact, condition or information
     not disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which has had
     or may have a Material Adverse Effect and is not prompted to sell shares of

                                      -13-


     Common Stock by any information concerning the Company which is not set
     forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

     Any certificate signed by or on behalf of any Selling Stockholder and
delivered to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters on the First
Closing Date or the Second Closing Date shall be deemed to be a representation
and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to each Underwriter as to the matters
covered thereby.

     Such Selling Stockholder will not, without the prior written consent of
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. ("WILLIAM BLAIR") (which consent may be withheld
in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract or grant
any option to sell (including without limitation any short sale), pledge,
transfer, establish an open "put equivalent position" within the meaning of Rule
16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common
Stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock, or securities
exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock
currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that a 90-day period shall be used
rather than the 60-day period set forth therein) by the undersigned, or publicly
announce the undersigned's intention to do any of the foregoing, for a period
commencing on the date hereof and continuing through the close of trading on the
date 180 days after the date hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such Selling
Stockholder may sell or otherwise transfer any such shares or securities (i) to
the Company, (ii) to an officer of the Company, provided such officer agrees in
writing with William Blair not to sell, offer, dispose of or otherwise transfer
any such shares or securities during such 180-day period without the prior
written consent of William Blair (which consent may be withheld at the sole
discretion of William Blair) and (iii) to immediate family members of such
Selling Stockholder as a bona fide gift, or to equity holders of such Selling
Stockholder, provided such persons agree in writing with William Blair not to
sell, offer, dispose of or otherwise transfer any such shares or securities
during such 180-day period without the prior written consent of William Blair
(which consent may be withheld at the sole discretion of William Blair).

     In order to document the Underwriter's compliance with the reporting and
withholding provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, with
respect to the transactions herein contemplated, each of the Selling
Stockholders agrees to deliver to you prior to or on the First Closing Date, as
hereinafter defined, a properly completed and executed United States Treasury
Department Form W-8 or W-9 (or other applicable form of statement specified by
Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof).

     SECTION 4.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE UNDERWRITERS. The
Representatives, on behalf of the several Underwriters, represent and warrant to
the Company and the Selling Stockholders that the information set forth (a) on
the cover page of the Prospectus with respect to price, underwriting discount
and terms of the offering and (b) under "Underwriting" in the Prospectus was
furnished to the

                                      -14-


Company by and on behalf of the Underwriters for use in connection with the
preparation of the Registration Statement and is correct and complete in all
material respects.

     SECTION 5.    PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF SHARES. On the basis of the
representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the
terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Selling Stockholders,
severally and not jointly, agree to sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule A
hereto, and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from
the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, 400,000 Firm Shares from
the Company and the respective number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the
names of the Selling Stockholders in Schedule B hereto on the pricing terms as
set forth in the Pricing Agreement. The obligation of each Underwriter to the
Company shall be to purchase from the Company that number of full shares which
(as nearly as practicable, as determined by you) bears to 400,000, the same
proportion as the number of Shares set forth opposite the name of such
Underwriter in Schedule A hereto bears to the total number of Firm Shares to be
purchased by all Underwriters under this Agreement. The obligation of each
Underwriter to each Selling Stockholder shall be to purchase from such Selling
Stockholder the number of full shares which (as nearly as practicable, as
determined by you) bears to that number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the
name of such Selling Stockholder in Schedule B hereto, the same proportion as
the number of Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule
A hereto bears to the total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all
Underwriters under this Agreement. The initial public offering price and the
purchase price and other pricing terms shall be set forth in the Pricing
Agreement.

     At 9:00 A.M., Chicago Time, on the fourth business day, if permitted under
Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, (or the third business day if required under
Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act or unless postponed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 12) following the date the Registration Statement becomes
effective (or, if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A, the fourth
business day, if permitted under Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, (or the
third business day if required under Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act) after
execution of the Pricing Agreement), or such other time not later than ten
business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and
the Company, the Company and the Custodian will deliver to you at the offices of
counsel for the Company or through the facilities of The Depository Trust
Company for the accounts of the several Underwriters, certificates representing
the Firm Shares to be sold by them, respectively, against payment of the
purchase price therefor by delivery of federal or other immediately available
funds, by wire transfer or otherwise, to the Company and the Custodian. Such
time of delivery and payment is herein referred to as the "FIRST CLOSING DATE."
The certificates for the Firm Shares so to be delivered will be in such
denominations and registered in such names as you request by notice to the
Company and the Custodian prior to 10:00 A.M., Chicago Time, on the second
business day preceding the First Closing Date, and will be made available at the
Company's expense for checking and packaging by the Representatives at 10:00
A.M., Chicago Time, on the business day preceding the First Closing Date.
Payment for the Firm Shares so to be delivered shall be made at the time and in
the manner described above at the offices of counsel for the Company.

                                      -15-


     In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements
herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby grant an option to the several
Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to an aggregate of
309,150 Option Shares, on the same pricing terms as the Firm Shares, for use
solely in covering any overallotments made by the Underwriters in the sale and
distribution of the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised
at any time (but not more than once) within 30 days after the date of the
initial public offering upon notice by you to the Company and the Agents setting
forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the Underwriters are
exercising the option, the names and denominations in which the certificates for
such shares are to be registered and the time and place at which such
certificates will be delivered. Such time of delivery (which may not be earlier
than the First Closing Date), being herein referred to as the "SECOND CLOSING
DATE," shall be determined by you, but if at any time other than the First
Closing Date, shall not be earlier than three nor later than 10 full business
days after delivery of such notice of exercise. The number of Option Shares to
be purchased from the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be the
respective number of Option Shares set forth opposite the Company and the names
of the Selling Stockholders in Schedule B hereto at the price per share set
forth in the Pricing Agreement. The number of Option Shares to be purchased by
each Underwriter shall be determined by multiplying the number of Option Shares
to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders pursuant to such notice
of exercise by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Firm Shares
to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite its name in Schedule A
and the denominator of which is the total number of Firm Shares (subject to such
adjustments to eliminate any fractional share purchases as you in your absolute
discretion may make). Certificates for the Option Shares will be made available
at the Company's expense for checking and packaging at 10:00 A.M., Chicago Time,
on the business day preceding the Second Closing Date. The manner of payment for
and delivery of the Option Shares shall be the same as for the Firm Shares as
specified in the preceding paragraph.

     You have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholders that each
Underwriter has authorized you to accept delivery of its Shares, to make payment
and to give receipt therefor. You, individually and not as the Representatives
of the Underwriters, may make payment for any Shares to be purchased by any
Underwriter whose funds shall not have been received by you by the First Closing
Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case may be, for the account of such
Underwriter, but any such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from any
obligation hereunder.

     SECTION 6.    COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY. The Company covenants and agrees
that:

              (a)  The Company will notify you and the Selling Stockholders
     promptly of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of the institution of any
     proceedings for that purpose, or of any notification of the suspension of
     qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation
     or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, and will also notify
     you and the Selling

                                      -16-


     Stockholders promptly of any request of the Commission for amendment or
     supplement of the Registration Statement, of any preliminary prospectus or
     of the Prospectus, or for additional information.

              (b)  The Company will give you and the Selling Stockholders notice
     of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration
     Statement (including any post-effective amendment) or any Rule 462(b)
     Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus
     (including any revised prospectus which the Company proposes for use by the
     Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Shares which differs
     from the prospectus on file at the Commission at the time the Registration
     Statement became or becomes effective, whether or not such revised
     prospectus is required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b), and any term
     sheet as contemplated by Rule 434) and will furnish you and the Selling
     Stockholders with copies of any such amendment or supplement a reasonable
     amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be,
     and will not file any such amendment or supplement or use any such
     prospectus to which you or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably
     object.

              (c)  If the Company elects to rely on Rule 434 of the Securities
     Act, the Company will prepare a term sheet that complies with the
     requirements of Rule 434. If the Company elects not to rely on Rule 434,
     the Company will provide the Underwriters with copies of the form of
     prospectus, in such numbers as the Underwriters may reasonably request, and
     file with the Commission such prospectus in accordance with Rule 424(b) of
     the Securities Act by the close of business in New York City on the second
     business day immediately succeeding the date of the Pricing Agreement. If
     the Company elects to rely on Rule 434, the Company will provide the
     Underwriters with copies of the form of Rule 434 Prospectus, in such
     numbers as the Underwriters may reasonably request, by the close of
     business in New York City on the business day immediately succeeding the
     date of the Pricing Agreement.

              (d)  If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Shares is
     required to be delivered under the Securities Act any event occurs as a
     result of which the Prospectus, including any amendments or supplements,
     would include an untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state any
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
     made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the
     Prospectus, including any amendments or supplements thereto and including
     any revised prospectus which the Company proposes for use by the
     Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Shares which differs
     from the prospectus on file with the Commission at the time of
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement, whether or not such revised
     prospectus is required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) to comply with
     the Securities Act, the Company promptly will advise you thereof and will
     promptly prepare and file with the Commission an amendment or supplement
     which will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will
     effect such compliance; and, in case any Underwriter is required to

                                      -17-


     deliver a prospectus nine months or more after the effective date of the
     Registration Statement, the Company upon request, but at the expense of
     such Underwriter, will prepare promptly such prospectus or prospectuses as
     may be necessary to permit compliance with the requirements of Section
     10(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

              (e)  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries will, prior
     to the earlier of the Second Closing Date or termination or expiration of
     the related option, incur any liability or obligation, direct or
     contingent, or enter into any material transaction, other than in the
     ordinary course of business, except as contemplated by the Prospectus.

              (f)  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries will acquire
     any capital stock of the Company prior to the earlier of the Second Closing
     Date or termination or expiration of the related option nor will the
     Company declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution upon the
     Common Stock payable to stockholders of record on a date prior to the
     earlier of the Second Closing Date or termination or expiration of the
     related option, except in either case as contemplated by the Prospectus.

              (g)  Not later than October 15, 2004 the Company will make
     generally available to its security holders an earnings statement (which
     need not be audited) covering a period of at least 12 months beginning
     after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which will satisfy
     the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the Securities
     Act.

              (h)  During such period as a prospectus is required by law to be
     delivered in connection with offers and sales of the Shares by an
     Underwriter or dealer, the Company will furnish to you at its expense,
     subject to the provisions of subsection (d) hereof, copies of the
     Registration Statement, the Prospectus, each preliminary prospectus, the
     Incorporated Documents and all amendments and supplements to any such
     documents in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as you
     may reasonably request, for the purposes contemplated by the Securities
     Act.

              (i)  The Company will cooperate with the Underwriters in
     qualifying or registering the Shares for sale under the blue sky laws of
     such jurisdictions as you designate, and will continue such qualifications
     in effect so long as reasonably required for the distribution of the
     Shares. The Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign
     corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any such
     jurisdiction where it is not currently qualified or where it would be
     subject to taxation as a foreign corporation.

              (j)  During the period of five years hereafter, the Company will
     furnish you and each of the other Underwriters with a copy (i) as soon as
     practicable after the filing thereof, of each report filed by the Company
     with the Commission, any securities exchange or the NASD; (ii) as

                                      -18-


     soon as practicable after the release thereof, of each material press
     release in respect of the Company; and (iii) as soon as available, of each
     report of the Company mailed to stockholders. Any report or release
     accessible to the public in electronic format on the website of the
     Commission or the Company shall be deemed furnished hereunder.

              (k)  The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the
     sale of the Shares being sold by it in the manner specified in the
     Prospectus.

              (l)  If, at the time of effectiveness of the Registration
     Statement, any information shall have been omitted therefrom in reliance
     upon Rule 430A and/or Rule 434, then immediately following the execution of
     the Pricing Agreement, the Company will prepare, and file or transmit for
     filing with the Commission in accordance with such Rule 430A, Rule 424(b)
     and/or Rule 434, copies of an amended Prospectus, or, if required by such
     Rule 430A and/or Rule 434, a post-effective amendment to the Registration
     Statement (including an amended Prospectus), containing all information so
     omitted. If required, the Company will prepare and file, or transmit for
     filing, a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement not later than the date of the
     execution of the Pricing Agreement. If a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement
     is filed, the Company shall make payment of, or arrange for payment of, the
     additional registration fee owing to the Commission required by Rule 111.

              (m)  During such period as a prospectus is required by law to be
     delivered in connection with offers and sales of the Shares by an
     Underwriter or dealer, the Company will comply with all registration,
     filing and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq
     National Market.

              (n)  During the period of 180 days following the date of the
     Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of
     William Blair (which consent may be withheld at the sole discretion of
     William Blair), directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract or grant any
     option to sell, pledge, transfer or establish an open "put equivalent
     position" within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, or
     otherwise dispose of or transfer, or announce the offering of, or file any
     registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of, any shares
     of Common Stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of the Common Stock
     or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of
     Common Stock (other than as contemplated by this Agreement with respect to
     the Shares); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company may: (i) issue shares of
     its Common Stock or options to purchase its Common Stock, or Common Stock
     upon exercise of options, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or
     other stock plan or arrangement described in the Prospectus; (ii) file one
     or more registration statements on Form S-8 covering shares of Common Stock
     issuable pursuant to any stock option or stock purchase plan described in
     the Prospectus; or (iii) issue shares of Common Stock, or securities
     exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock,
     as

                                      -19-


     payment for all or part of the purchase price of an acquisition by the
     Company of another company or business, provided the total number of shares
     of Common Stock issuable in connection with such acquisition (including
     shares issuable upon exchange, exercise or conversion of any other
     securities of the Company issued in connection with such acquisition) does
     not exceed 15% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
     immediately prior to such acquisition.

     SECTION 7.    PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. Whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement becomes effective as to
all of its provisions or is terminated, the Company agrees to pay (i) all costs,
fees and expenses (other than legal fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Underwriters and the expenses incurred by the Underwriters) incurred in
connection with the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder,
including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all fees and
expenses of legal counsel for the Company and of the Company's independent
accountants, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation,
printing, filing and distribution of the Registration Statement, each
preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus (including all Incorporated Documents,
exhibits and financial statements) and all amendments and supplements provided
for herein, this Agreement, the Pricing Agreement and a blue sky memorandum
relating to the Shares, (ii) all costs, fees and expenses (including legal fees
not to exceed $3,000 and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters) incurred
by the Underwriters in connection with qualifying or registering all or any part
of the Shares for offer and sale under blue sky laws, including the preparation
of a blue sky memorandum relating to the Shares and clearance of such offering
with the NASD, and (iii) all fees and expenses of the Company's transfer agent,
printing of the certificates for the Shares and all transfer taxes, if any, with
respect to the sale and delivery of the Shares to the several Underwriters.

     The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement which the
Company and the Selling Stockholders may make for the allocation or sharing of
such expenses and costs.

     SECTION 8.    CONDITIONS OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE UNDERWRITERS. The
obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Shares
on the First Closing Date and the Option Shares on the Second Closing Date shall
be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of
the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein set forth as of the date hereof
and as of the First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case may be,
to the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to
the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Selling
Stockholders of their respective obligations hereunder, and to the following
additional conditions:

              (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective either
     prior to the execution of this Agreement or not later than 1:00 P.M.,
     Chicago Time, on the first full business day after the date of this
     Agreement, or such later time as shall have been consented to by you but in
     no event later than 1:00 P.M., Chicago Time, on the third full business day
     following the

                                      -20-


     date hereof; and prior to the First Closing Date or the Second Closing
     Date, as the case may be, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that
     purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or, to the knowledge
     of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or you, shall be contemplated by
     the Commission. If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A and/or
     Rule 434, the information concerning the initial public offering price of
     the Shares and price-related information shall have been transmitted to the
     Commission for filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the prescribed period
     and the Company will provide evidence satisfactory to the Representatives
     of such timely filing (or a post-effective amendment providing such
     information shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with
     the requirements of Rules 430A and 424(b)). If a Rule 462(b) Registration
     Statement is required, such Registration Statement shall have been
     transmitted to the Commission for filing and become effective within the
     prescribed time period and, prior to the First Closing Date, the Company
     shall have provided evidence of such filing and effectiveness in accordance
     with Rule 462(b).

              (b)  The Shares shall have been qualified for sale under the blue
     sky laws of such states as shall have been specified by the
     Representatives.

              (c)  The legality and sufficiency of the authorization, issuance
     and sale or transfer and sale of the Shares hereunder, the validity and
     form of the certificates representing the Shares, the execution and
     delivery of this Agreement and the Pricing Agreement, and all corporate
     proceedings and other legal matters incident thereto, and the form of the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus (except financial statements)
     shall have been approved by counsel for the Underwriters exercising
     reasonable judgment.

              (d)  You shall not have advised the Company that the Registration
     Statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto,
     contains an untrue statement of fact, which, in the opinion of counsel for
     the Underwriters, is material or omits to state a fact which, in the
     opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein
     or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

              (e)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
     there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a
     prospective change, in or affecting particularly the business or properties
     of the Company or the Subsidiaries, whether or not arising in the ordinary
     course of business, which, in the judgment of the Representatives, makes it
     impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or purchase
     of the Shares as contemplated hereby.

                                      -21-


              (f)  There shall have been furnished to you, as Representatives of
     the Underwriters, on the First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as
     the case may be, except as otherwise expressly provided below:

                   (i)   An opinion of Foley Hoag LLP, counsel for the Company
              and for the Selling Stockholders, addressed to you and dated the
              First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case may be,
              to the effect that:

                         (1)   The Company has been duly incorporated and is
                   validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
                   laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts;

                         (2)   The Company has corporate power and authority to
                   own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its
                   business as described in the Prospectus and to enter into
                   and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

                         (3)   The Company is duly qualified as a foreign
                   corporation to transact business and is in good standing in
                   the States of California, Pennsylvania, Texas and Utah and in
                   the District of Columbia;

                         (4)   Each of CRA Security Corporation and NeuCo, Inc.
                   has been duly organized and is validly existing as a
                   corporation in good standing under the laws of the
                   jurisdiction of its organization, has the power and authority
                   to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its
                   business as described in the Prospectus and, to the best
                   knowledge of such counsel, is duly qualified to transact
                   business and is in good standing in the Commonwealth of
                   Massachusetts;

                         (5)   The Company is the record owner of all of the
                   outstanding capital stock of CRA Security Corporation, and to
                   the best knowledge of such counsel, such stock is owned free
                   and clear of any perfected encumbrances or security
                   interests; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of
                   each Subsidiary has been duly authorized, validly issued and
                   is fully paid and nonassessable;

                         (6)   Immediately prior to the issuance and sale of the
                   Shares pursuant to this Agreement on the date hereof, the
                   authorized capital stock of the Company was comprised of
                   25,000,000 shares of Common Stock, without par value, and
                   1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, without par value, none
                   of which were outstanding of record. The capital stock of the
                   Company (including the

                                      -22-


                   Common Stock) conforms to the descriptions thereof set forth
                   in the Prospectus under the heading "Description of Capital
                   Stock." The form of certificate used to evidence the Common
                   Stock is in due and proper form and complies with all
                   applicable requirements of the charter and by-laws of the
                   Company and the Business Corporation Law of The Commonwealth
                   of Massachusetts. The description of the Company's stock
                   option and stock purchase plans, set forth in the Prospectus
                   is an accurate and fair description in all material respects
                   of such plans;

                         (7)   No stockholder of the Company or any other person
                   has any preemptive right, right of first refusal or other
                   similar right to subscribe for or purchase securities of the
                   Company arising (i) by operation of the charter or by-laws of
                   the Company or the Business Corporation Law of The
                   Commonwealth of Massachusetts or (ii) to the best knowledge
                   of such counsel, otherwise;

                         (8)   The execution and delivery of this Agreement and
                   the Pricing Agreement by the Company and the performance by
                   the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have
                   been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and
                   this Agreement and the Pricing Agreement have been duly
                   executed and delivered by and on behalf of the Company, and
                   are legal, valid and binding agreements of the Company,
                   enforceable against the Company in accordance with their
                   respective terms, except as rights to indemnification or
                   contribution thereunder may be limited by applicable law and
                   except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by
                   bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
                   similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
                   generally or by general equitable principles;

                         (9)   The Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters
                   from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and
                   sale pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and
                   delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against
                   payment of the consideration set forth therein, will be
                   validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable;

                         (10)  Based solely on the oral advice of the staff of
                   the Commission, the Registration Statement has been declared
                   effective by the Commission under the Securities Act. To the
                   best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the
                   effectiveness of either the Registration Statement or the
                   Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued
                   under the Securities Act and, to the best knowledge of such
                   counsel, no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted
                   or are pending or are contemplated or threatened by the

                                      -23-


                   Commission. Any required filing of the Prospectus under Rule
                   424(b) under the Securities Act has been made in the manner
                   and within the time period required by such Rule 424(b);

                         (11)  The Registration Statement, the Prospectus and
                   each amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement
                   and the Prospectus (including any document incorporated by
                   reference therein), as of their respective effective or issue
                   dates (other than the financial statements and supporting
                   schedules included or incorporated by reference therein, as
                   to which no opinion need be rendered), comply as to form in
                   all material respects with the applicable requirements of the
                   Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Such counsel may state
                   that it is rendering no opinion as to the accuracy of any
                   financial or accounting data contained therein;

                         (12)  The Shares are eligible for trading on the Nasdaq
                   National Market;

                         (13)  The statements (i) in the Prospectus under the
                   captions "Description of Capital Stock," "Management's
                   Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                   Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources," and
                   "Business--Legal Proceedings," and (ii) in Item 15 of the
                   Registration Statement, insofar as such statements constitute
                   matters of law, summaries of legal matters, the Company's
                   charter or by-law provisions, documents or legal proceedings,
                   or legal conclusions, have been reviewed by such counsel and
                   fairly present and summarize, in all material respects, the
                   matters referred to therein;

                         (14)  To the best knowledge of such counsel, there are
                   no legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings
                   pending or threatened which are required to be disclosed in
                   the Registration Statement, other than those disclosed
                   therein;

                         (15)  To the best knowledge of such counsel, there are
                   no Existing Instruments required to be described or referred
                   to in the Registration Statement or to be filed as exhibits
                   thereto other than those described or referred to therein or
                   filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits thereto; and
                   the descriptions thereof and references thereto are correct
                   in all material respects;

                         (16)  No consent, approval, authorization or other
                   order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other
                   governmental authority or agency,

                                      -24-


                   is required for the execution, delivery and performance by
                   the Company of the Underwriting Agreement and consummation by
                   the Company of the transactions contemplated thereby and by
                   the Prospectus, except as required under the Securities Act
                   or applicable state securities or blue sky laws and from the
                   NASD;

                         (17)  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by
                   the Company and the performance by the Company of its
                   obligations thereunder (other than performance by the Company
                   of its obligations under the indemnification and contribution
                   sections of this Agreement, as to which no opinion need be
                   rendered) (i) will not result in any violation of the
                   provisions of the charter, bylaws or other organizational
                   documents of the Company; (ii) will not constitute a breach
                   of, or Default under, or result in the creation or imposition
                   of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or
                   assets of the Company pursuant to, any agreement filed as an
                   exhibit to any annual, quarterly or current report
                   incorporated by reference in the Prospectus; or (iii) to the
                   best knowledge of such counsel, will not result in any
                   violation of any law, administrative regulation or
                   administrative or court decree applicable to the Company;

                         (18)  The Company is not, and after receipt of payment
                   for the Shares sold by it will not be, an "investment
                   company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act;

                         (19)  To the best knowledge of such counsel, there are
                   no persons with registration or other similar rights to have
                   any equity or debt securities registered for sale under the
                   Registration Statement or included in the offering
                   contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, except for such
                   rights as have been duly waived or complied with;

                         (20)  This Agreement and the Pricing Agreement have
                   been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of, and are
                   valid and binding agreements of, each Selling Stockholder,
                   enforceable against each Selling Stockholder in accordance
                   with their respective terms, except as rights to
                   indemnification or contribution thereunder may be limited by
                   applicable law and except as the enforcement thereof may be
                   limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
                   or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors'
                   rights generally or by general equitable principles;

                         (21)  The execution and delivery by each Selling
                   Stockholder of, and the performance by such Selling
                   Stockholder of his or her obligations under, this

                                      -25-


                   Agreement, the Pricing Agreement and the Custody Agreement
                   and his or her Power of Attorney will not, to the best of
                   such counsel's knowledge, violate or contravene any provision
                   of applicable law or regulation;

                         (22)  Each Selling Stockholder is the sole record owner
                   of all of the Shares which may be sold by such Selling
                   Stockholder under this Agreement and, to the best of such
                   counsel's knowledge, has the legal right and power to enter
                   into this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and his or her
                   Power of Attorney, to sell, transfer and deliver all of the
                   Shares which may sold by such Selling Stockholder under this
                   Agreement and to comply with his or her other obligations
                   under this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and his or her
                   Power of Attorney;

                         (23)  Each of the Custody Agreement and the Power of
                   Attorney of each Selling Stockholder has been duly executed
                   and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and
                   is a valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder,
                   enforceable against such Selling Stockholder in accordance
                   with its terms, except as rights to indemnification or
                   contribution thereunder may be limited by applicable law and
                   except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by
                   bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
                   similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
                   generally or by general equitable principles;

                         (24)  Assuming that the Underwriters purchase the
                   Shares which are sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to
                   this Agreement for value and without notice of any adverse
                   claim (within the meaning of Section 8-303 of Chapter 106 of
                   the Massachusetts General Laws) to the Shares, the delivery
                   of such Shares pursuant to this Agreement will pass good and
                   valid title to such Shares, free and clear of any such
                   adverse claim; and

                         (25)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, no
                   consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or
                   registration or filing with, any court or governmental
                   authority or agency, is required for the consummation by such
                   Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated in this
                   Agreement, except as required under the Securities Act or
                   applicable state securities or blue sky laws, and from the
                   NASD.

          In addition, such counsel shall state that they have participated in
     conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company,
     representatives of the independent public or certified public accountants
     for the Company and with representatives of the Underwriters at

                                      -26-


     which the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and
     any supplements or amendments thereto, and related matters were discussed
     and, although such counsel is not passing upon and does not assume any
     responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements
     contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (other than as
     specified above), and any supplements or amendments thereto, and (except as
     specifically set forth in this opinion) have not made any independent
     confirmation or verification thereof, on the basis of the foregoing (and
     relying, as to materiality, upon the statements of officers and other
     representatives of the Company), nothing has come to their attention which
     would lead them to believe either that the Registration Statement or any
     amendments thereto, at the time the Registration Statement or such
     amendments became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material
     fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
     necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the
     Prospectus, as of its date or at the First Closing Date or the Second
     Closing Date, as the case may be, contained an untrue statement of a
     material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to
     make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
     they were made, not misleading (it being understood that such counsel need
     express no belief as to the financial statements or schedules or other
     financial or statistical data derived therefrom, included in the
     Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements
     thereto).

          In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters
     involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than those of
     The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the General Corporation Law of the State
     of Delaware and the federal law of the United States, to the extent they
     deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion (which shall be
     dated the First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case may
     be, shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives,
     shall expressly state that the Underwriters may rely on such opinion as if
     it were addressed to them and shall be furnished to the Representatives) of
     other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be reliable and who are
     satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such
     counsel shall further state that they believe that they and the
     Underwriters are justified in relying upon such opinion of other counsel,
     and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on
     certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public officials.

                   (ii)    Such opinion or opinions of Winston & Strawn LLP,
          counsel for the Underwriters, dated the First Closing Date or the
          Second Closing Date, as the case may be, with respect to such matters
          as may be reasonably requested by the Underwriters, and the Company
          shall have furnished to such counsel such documents and shall have
          exhibited to them such papers and records as they reasonably request
          for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

                                      -27-


                   (iii) A certificate of the chief executive officer and
          the principal financial officer of the Company, dated the First
          Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case may be, to the
          effect that:

                         (1)   the representations and warranties of the
                    Company set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement are true
                    and correct as of the date of this Agreement and as of the
                    First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case
                    may be, and the Company has complied with all the agreements
                    and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed
                    or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date; and

                         (2)   the Commission has not issued an order
                    preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any
                    preliminary prospectus filed as a part of the Registration
                    Statement or any amendment thereto; no stop order suspending
                    the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been
                    issued; and to the best knowledge of the respective signers,
                    no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are
                    pending or contemplated under the Securities Act.

                    The delivery of the certificate provided for in this
     subparagraph shall be and constitute a representation and warranty of the
     Company as to the facts required in the immediately foregoing clauses (1)
     and (2) of this subparagraph to be set forth in said certificate.

                   (iv)  A certificate of each Selling Stockholder dated the
          First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case may be, to
          the effect that the representations, warranties and covenants of such
          Selling Stockholder set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement are true
          and correct as of such date and the Selling Stockholder has complied
          with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on the part
          of such Selling Stockholder to be performed or satisfied at or prior
          to such date.

                   (v)   At the time the Pricing Agreement is executed and
          also on the First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case
          may be, there shall be delivered to you a letter addressed to you, as
          Representatives of the Underwriters, from Ernst & Young LLP,
          independent accountants, the first one to be dated the date of the
          Pricing Agreement, the second one to be dated the First Closing Date
          and the third one (in the event of a second closing) to be dated the
          Second Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Schedule C. There
          shall not have been any change or decrease specified in the letters
          referred to in this subparagraph which makes it impractical or
          inadvisable in the judgment of the Representatives to proceed with the
          public offering or purchase of the Shares as contemplated hereby.

                                      -28-


                   (vi)  Such further certificates and documents as you may
          reasonably request.

     All such opinions, certificates, letters and documents shall be in
compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are satisfactory to you and
to Winston & Strawn LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, which approval shall not
be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall furnish you with such manually
signed or conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents
as you reasonably request.

     If any condition to the Underwriters' obligations hereunder to be satisfied
prior to or at the First Closing Date is not so satisfied, this Agreement at
your election will terminate upon notification to the Company and the Selling
Stockholders without liability on the part of any Underwriter or the Company or
any Selling Stockholder, except for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by the
Company pursuant to Sections 7 and 9 hereof and except to the extent provided in
Section 11 hereof.

       SECTION 9.  REIMBURSEMENT OF UNDERWRITERS' EXPENSES. If the sale to the
Underwriters of the Shares on the First Closing Date is not consummated because
any condition of the Underwriters' obligations hereunder is not satisfied or
because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or the
Selling Stockholders to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any
provision hereof, unless such failure to satisfy such condition or to comply
with any provision hereof is due to the default or omission of any Underwriter,
the Company agrees to reimburse you upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses
(including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been
reasonably incurred by you in connection with the proposed purchase and the sale
of the Shares. Any such termination shall be without liability of any party to
any other party except that the provisions of this Section, Section 7 and
Section 11 shall at all times be effective and shall apply.

       SECTION 10. EFFECTIVENESS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT. You, the Company and
the Selling Stockholders will use your, its and their reasonable best efforts to
cause the Registration Statement to become effective, if it has not yet become
effective, and to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement and, if such stop order be issued,
to obtain as soon as possible the lifting thereof.

       SECTION 11. INDEMNIFICATION. (a) The Company and each Selling
Stockholder, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each
Underwriter, its officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls
any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which
such Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or
regulation, at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any
litigation if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the
Company and/or such Selling Stockholders, as the case may be), insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained

                                      -29-


in the Registration Statement, including the information deemed to be part of
the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A
and/or Rule 434, if applicable, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus, or
any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and
will reimburse each Underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal
or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or such controlling
person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that neither the Company nor any
Selling Stockholder will be liable in any such case to the extent that (i) any
such loss, claim, damage or liability (or action in respect thereof) arises out
of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary
prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or
on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives, specifically for use
therein; or (ii) if such statement or omission was contained or made in any
preliminary prospectus and corrected in the Prospectus and (1) any such loss,
claim, damage or liability suffered or incurred by any Underwriter (or any
person who controls any Underwriter) resulted from an action, claim or suit by
any person who purchased Shares which are the subject thereof from such
Underwriter in the offering and (2) such Underwriter failed to deliver or
provide a copy of the Prospectus to such person at or prior to the confirmation
of the sale of such Shares in any case where such delivery is required by the
Securities Act. In addition to their other obligations under this Section 11(a),
the Company and the Selling Stockholders agree that, as an interim measure
during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other
proceeding arising out of or based upon any statement or omission, or any
alleged statement or omission, described in this Section 11(a), they will
reimburse the Underwriters on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal and other
expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim,
action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the absence
of a judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the
Company's and the Selling Stockholders' obligation to reimburse the Underwriters
for such expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to
have been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction. This indemnity
agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling
Stockholders may otherwise have.

     Without limiting the full extent of the Company's agreement to indemnify
each Underwriter, as herein provided, the liability of each Selling Stockholder
under the indemnity and reimbursement agreements in this Section, or otherwise
for a breach of such Selling Stockholder's representations or warranties set
forth in this Agreement, shall be limited to an amount equal to the public
offering price of the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder, less the
underwriting discount, as set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus.
The Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree, among themselves and without
limiting the rights of the Underwriters under this Agreement, as to the
respective amounts of such liability for which they each shall be responsible.

                                      -30-


     (b)  Each Underwriter will severally (but not jointly) indemnify and hold
harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the
Registration Statement, each Selling Stockholder and each person, if any, who
controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities to which the Company, or any such director, officer, Selling
Stockholder or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act,
the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at
common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such
settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as
such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
arise out of or are based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary
prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out
of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that
such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission was made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the
Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter
through the Representatives specifically for use in the preparation thereof; and
will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company,
or any such director, officer, Selling Stockholder or controlling person in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action. In addition to their other obligations under this Section
11(b), the Underwriters agree that, as an interim measure during the pendency of
any claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or
based upon any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission,
described in this Section 11(b), they will reimburse the Company and the Selling
Stockholders on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal and other expenses
incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action,
investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the absence of a
judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the
Underwriters' obligation to reimburse the Company and the Selling Stockholders
for such expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to
have been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction. This indemnity
agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Underwriter may
otherwise have.

     (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of
notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this
Section, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the
omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any
liability which it may have to any indemnified party except to the extent that
the indemnifying party was prejudiced by such failure to notify. In case any
such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an
indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be
entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with
all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, to assume the defense
thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the defendants in any such action include both the
indemnified party and the indemnifying

                                      -31-


party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may
be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are
different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or
the indemnified and indemnifying parties may have conflicting interests which
would make it inappropriate for the same counsel to represent both of them, the
indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to
assume such legal defense and otherwise to participate in the defense of such
action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice
from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to
assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of
counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party
under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the
indemnified party shall have employed such counsel in connection with the
assumption of legal defense in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding
sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be
liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel, approved by the
Representatives in the case of paragraph (a) representing all indemnified
parties who are parties to such action), (ii) the indemnifying party shall not
have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to
represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of
commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party shall have authorized
the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the
indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written
consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or
threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have
been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified
party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such
indemnified party from all liability arising out of such proceeding.

     (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable to
an indemnified party under paragraphs (a) or (b) hereof in respect of any
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each applicable
indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result
of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, the
Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters from the offering of the Shares or
(ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by
applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of
the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters in connection with
the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
respective relative benefits received by the Company, the Selling Stockholders
and the Underwriters shall be deemed to be in the same proportion, in the case
of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, as the total price paid to the
Company and the Selling Stockholders for the Shares by the Underwriters (net of
underwriting discount but before deducting expenses), and, in the case of the
Underwriters, as the underwriting discount received by them bears to the total
of such amounts paid to the Company and the Selling Stockholders and received by
the Underwriters as underwriting discount in each case as contemplated by the
Prospectus. The relative fault

                                      -32-


of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state
a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, by the Selling
Stockholders or by the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,
access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages and liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include any
legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection
with investigating or defending any action or claim.

     The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it
would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section were
determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which
does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the
immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section,
no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and
distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any
damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of
such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, nor
shall any Selling Stockholder be required to contribute any amount in excess of
the public offering price of the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder, less
the underwriting discount, as set forth on the front cover page of the
Prospectus. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning
of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from
any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The
Underwriters' obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section are several in
proportion to their respective underwriting commitments and not joint.

     (e)  The provisions of this Section shall survive any termination of this
Agreement.

       SECTION 12. DEFAULT OF UNDERWRITERS. It shall be a condition to the
agreement and obligation of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to sell and
deliver the Shares hereunder, and of each Underwriter to purchase the Shares
hereunder, that, except as hereinafter in this paragraph provided, each of the
Underwriters shall purchase and pay for all Shares agreed to be purchased by
such Underwriter hereunder upon tender to the Representatives of all such Shares
in accordance with the terms hereof. If any Underwriter or Underwriters default
in their obligations to purchase Shares hereunder on the First Closing Date and
the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters
agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10 percent of the total number of
Shares which the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on the First Closing
Date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and
the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Shares by other persons,
including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such
date the nondefaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion
to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Shares which such
defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such date. If any
Underwriter or Underwriters so default

                                      -33-


and the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which such default or
defaults occur is more than the above percentage and arrangements satisfactory
to the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the
purchase of such Shares by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such
default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any
nondefaulting Underwriter or the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for
the expenses to be paid by the Company pursuant to Section 7 hereof and except
to the extent provided in Section 11 hereof.

   In the event that Shares to which a default relates are to be purchased by
the nondefaulting Underwriters or by another party or parties, the
Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First
Closing Date for not more than seven business days in order that the necessary
changes in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and any other documents, as
well as any other arrangements, may be effected. As used in this Agreement, the
term "UNDERWRITER" includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this
Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for
its default.

       SECTION 13. EFFECTIVE DATE. This Agreement shall become effective
immediately as to Sections 7, 9, 11 and 14 and as to all other provisions at
10:00 A.M., Chicago Time, on the day following the date upon which the Pricing
Agreement is executed and delivered, unless such a day is a Saturday, Sunday or
holiday (and in that event this Agreement shall become effective at such hour on
the business day next succeeding such Saturday, Sunday or holiday); but this
Agreement shall nevertheless become effective at such earlier time after the
Pricing Agreement is executed and delivered as you may determine on and by
notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders or by release of any Shares
for sale to the public. For the purposes of this Section, the Shares shall be
deemed to have been so released upon the release for publication of any
newspaper advertisement relating to the Shares or upon the release by you of
telegrams (i) advising the Underwriters that the Shares are released for public
offering, or (ii) offering the Shares for sale to securities dealers, whichever
may occur first.

       SECTION 14. TERMINATION. Without limiting the right to terminate this
Agreement pursuant to any other provision hereof:

          (a)    This Agreement may be terminated by the Company by notice to
     you and the Selling Stockholders, or by you by notice to the Company and
     the Selling Stockholders, at any time prior to the time this Agreement
     shall become effective as to all its provisions, and any such termination
     shall be without liability on the part of the Company or the Selling
     Stockholders to any Underwriter (except for the expenses to be paid or
     reimbursed pursuant to Section 7 hereof and except to the extent provided
     in Section 11 hereof) or of any Underwriter to the Company or the Selling
     Stockholders (except to the extent provided in Section 11 hereof).

          (b)    This Agreement may also be terminated by you prior to the
     First Closing Date, and the option referred to in Section 5, if exercised,
     may be cancelled at any time prior to the

                                      -34-


     Second Closing Date, if (i) trading in securities on the New York Stock
     Exchange shall have been suspended or minimum prices shall have been
     established on such exchange, or (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been
     declared by Illinois, New York, or United States authorities, or (iii)
     there shall have been any change in financial markets or in political,
     economic or financial conditions which, in the opinion of the
     Representatives, either renders it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed
     with the offering and sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the
     Prospectus or materially and adversely affects the market for the Shares,
     or (iv) there shall have been an outbreak of major armed hostilities
     between the United States and any foreign power which in the opinion of the
     Representatives makes it impractical or inadvisable to offer or sell the
     Shares. Any termination pursuant to this paragraph (b) shall be without
     liability on the part of any Underwriter to the Company or the Selling
     Stockholders (except to the extent provided in Section 11 hereof) or on the
     part of the Company or the Selling Stockholders to any Underwriter or the
     Selling Stockholders (except for expenses to be paid or reimbursed pursuant
     to Section 7 hereof and except to the extent provided in Section 11
     hereof).

       SECTION 15. REPRESENTATIONS AND INDEMNITIES TO SURVIVE DELIVERY. The
respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other
statements of the Company, of its officers, of the Selling Stockholders and of
the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will
remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on
behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or any of its or their partners,
principals, members, officers or directors or any controlling person, or the
Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, and will survive delivery of and
payment for the Shares sold hereunder.

       SECTION 16. NOTICES. All communications hereunder will be in writing and,
if sent to the Underwriters will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and
confirmed to you c/o William Blair & Company, L.L.C., 222 West Adams Street,
Chicago, Illinois 60606, with a copy to Winston & Strawn LLP, 35 West Wacker
Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60601, Attention: R. Cabell Morris, Esq.; if sent to
the Company will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the
Company at its corporate headquarters with a copy to Foley Hoag LLP, 155 Seaport
Boulevard, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, Attention: Peter M. Rosenblum, Esq.; and
if sent to the Selling Stockholders will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and
confirmed to the Agents and the Custodian at such address as they have
previously furnished to the Company and the Representatives, with a copy to
Foley Hoag LLP, 155 Seaport Boulevard, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, Attention:
Peter M. Rosenblum, Esq.

       SECTION 17. SUCCESSORS. This Agreement and the Pricing Agreement will
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their
respective successors, personal representatives and assigns, and to the benefit
of the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 11,
and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term
"SUCCESSORS" shall not include any purchaser of the Shares as such from any of
the Underwriters merely by reason of such purchase.

                                      -35-


       SECTION 18. REPRESENTATION OF UNDERWRITERS. You will act as
Representatives for the several Underwriters in connection with this financing,
and any action under or in respect of this Agreement taken by you will be
binding upon all the Underwriters.

       SECTION 19. PARTIAL UNENFORCEABILITY. If any section, paragraph or
provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or
unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other section, paragraph or provision hereof.

       SECTION 20. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement and the Pricing Agreement
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
Illinois.

                                      -36-


     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement,
kindly sign and return to us the enclosed duplicates hereof, whereupon it will
become a binding agreement among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the
several Underwriters including you, all in accordance with its terms.


                                       Very truly yours,

                                       CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED


                                       By:
                                          ---------------------------
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer


                                       EACH OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS


                                       By:
                                          ---------------------------
                                           Agent and Attorney-in-Fact

The foregoing Agreement is hereby
confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written.


WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, L.L.C.
ADAMS, HARKNESS & HILL, INC.
JANNEY MONTGOMERY SCOTT LLC


Acting as Representatives of the
Several Underwriters named in
Schedule A


By: William Blair & Company, L.L.C.


By:
   --------------------------------
              Principal

                                      -37-


                                   SCHEDULE A

Number of Firm Shares Underwriter to be Purchased - ----------- --------------- William Blair & Company, L.L.C. Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc. Janney Montgomery Scott LLC --------------- TOTAL ---------------
SCHEDULE B
Number of Number of Firm Shares Option Shares to be Sold to be Sold ----------- ------------- Company 400,000 SELLING STOCKHOLDERS: James C. Burrows 92,725 Rowland T. Moriarty 100,000 Steven C. Salop 96,583 Franklin M. Fisher 100,000 Carl Shapiro 11,922 C. Christopher Maxwell 36,312 Carl Kaysen 46,783 Robert J. Larner 27,700 William F. Concannon 10,000 Gordon C. Rausser 100,000 Richard S. Ruback 63,869 Firoze E. Katrak 67,620 William B. Burnett 62,400 Michael A. Kemp 33,046 Bridger M. Mitchell 40,000 Thomas R. Overstreet 46,600 Jagdish C. Agarwal 41,600 Alan R. Willens 37,638 Jenny Fitz Moriarty, as Trustee of the Rowland T. Moriarty Irrevocable Trust 1998 50,000 Stanley M. Besen 26,000 Arnold J. Lowenstein 29,000 Stephen H. Kalos 20,000 George C. Eads 5,773 Gregory K. Bell 6,500 Kenneth L. Grinnell, as Trustee of the James C. Burrows Irrevocable Trust - 1998 32,275 Monica G. Noether 30,000 Raju Patel 26,000
W. David Montgomery 28,720 Eads Family LLC 23,920 Daniel Brand 23,920 Steven R. Brenner 23,920 Richard P. Mandel, as Trustee of the J. Phillip Cooper Irrevocable Trust, 2000 30,500 John R. Woodbury 20,700 Robert M. Spann 25,820 Gary L. Roberts 23,853 Judith R. Gelman, as Trustee of the Salop Irrevocable GST - Exempt Trust 1998 24,327 Judith R. Gelman, as Trustee of the Salop Irrevocable GST - Taxable Trust 1998 24,327 John E. Parsons 20,234 Joen E. Greenwood 17,000 William R. Hughes 8,321 Abigail S. Fisher 11,236 Abraham S. Fisher 8,000 Naomi L. Zikmund-Fisher 7,618 Elaine M. Ruback, as Trustee of the Ruback Children's Family Trust 11,591 Marlene Besen, as Trustee of the Besen Family Trust 10,400 Paul R. Milgrom 10,400 Douglas R. Bohi 15,900 Mary F. Hughes, as Trustee of the William R. Hughes Irrevocable Trust 1998 11,044 Gail Roberts 6,567 Laurel E. Morrison 5,200 The Abigail S. Fisher GST Trust 4,818 The Abraham S. Fisher GST Trust 2,500 The Naomi L. Fisher GST Trust 4,818 Phillip H. Harris, as Trustee of the Anna Harte Moriarty Trust DTD 8/21/90 5,000 Phillip H. Harris, as Trustee of the Caroline Ames Moriarty Trust DTD 12/14/91 5,000 Phillip H. Harris, as Trustee of the Thomas Rowland Moriarty Trust DTD 8/21/90 5,000 1,661,000 ----------- TOTAL 2,061,000 309,150 =========== =============
-2- SCHEDULE C Comfort Letter of Ernst & Young LLP (1) They are independent public accountants with respect to the Company and the Subsidiaries within the meaning of the Securities Act. (2) In their opinion the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement and the consolidated financial statements of the Company from which the information presented under the caption "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" has been derived which are stated therein to have been examined by them comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. (3) On the basis of specified procedures (but not an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards), including inquiries of certain officers of the Company and the Subsidiaries responsible for financial and accounting matters as to transactions and events subsequent to November 30, 2002, a reading of minutes of meetings of the stockholders and directors of the Company and the Subsidiaries since November 30, 2002, a reading of the latest available interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries (with an indication of the date thereof) and other procedures as specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe that (i) the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act or that such unaudited financial statements are not fairly presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement, and (ii) at a specified date not more than five days prior to the date thereof in the case of the first letter and not more than two business days prior to the date thereof in the case of the second and third letters, there was any change in the capital stock or long-term debt or short-term debt (other than normal payments) of the Company and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or any decrease in consolidated net current assets or consolidated stockholders' equity as compared with amounts shown on the latest unaudited balance sheet of the Company included in the Registration Statement or for the period from the date of such balance sheet to a date not more than five days prior to the date thereof in the case of the first letter and not more than two business days prior to the date thereof in the case of the second and third letters, there were any decreases, as compared with the corresponding period of the prior year, in consolidated net sales, consolidated income before income taxes or in the total or per share amounts of consolidated net income except, in all instances, for changes or decreases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are set forth in such letter. (4) They have carried out specified procedures, which have been agreed to by the Representatives, with respect to certain information in the Prospectus specified by the Representatives, and on the basis of such procedures, they have found such information to be in agreement with the general accounting records of the Company and the Subsidiaries. -2- EXHIBIT A CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED 2,061,000 Shares Common Stock(2) PRICING AGREEMENT August ___, 2003 William Blair & Company, L.L.C. Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc. Janney Montgomery Scott LLC As Representatives of the Several Underwriters c/o William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 222 West Adams Street Chicago, Illinois 60606 Ladies and Gentlemen: Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated August ____, 2003 (the "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT") relating to the sale by the Company and the Selling Stockholders and the purchase by the several Underwriters, for whom William Blair & Company, L.L.C., Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc., and Janney Montgomery Scott LLC are acting as representatives (the "REPRESENTATIVES"), of the above Shares. All terms herein shall have the definitions contained in the Underwriting Agreement except as otherwise defined herein. Pursuant to Section 5 of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders agree with the Representatives as follows: 1. The initial public offering price per share for the Shares shall be $_______________. 2. The purchase price per share for the Shares to be paid by the Underwriters shall be $________, being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less - ---------- (2) Plus an option to acquire up to 309,150 additional shares to cover overallotments. $________ per share; provided, however, that with respect to Shares that are currently represented by options that will be exercised concurrent with the closing of the offering, the purchase price per share for such Shares to be paid by the Underwriters shall be the initial public offering price set forth above. Schedule A is amended as follows: If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to us the enclosed duplicates hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters including you, all in accordance with its terms. Very truly yours, CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED By: -------------------------------- President and Chief Executive Officer EACH OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS By: -------------------------------- Agent and Attorney-in-Fact The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written. WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, L.L.C. ADAMS, HARKNESS & HILL, INC. JANNEY MONTGOMERY SCOTT LLC Acting as Representatives of the Several Underwriters By: William Blair & Company, L.L.C. By: -------------------------------- Principal -2-



                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1



FOLEY HOAG LLP
ATTORNEYS AT LAW


July 31, 2003




Charles River Associates Incorporated
200 Clarendon Street
Boston, MA 02116

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We are familiar with the Registration Statement on Form S-3
(Registration No. 333-107033) as amended (the "Registration Statement"),
filed by Charles River Associates Incorporated, a Massachusetts corporation
(the "Company"), with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Registration Statement relates to the
proposed public offering by the Company of 400,000 shares (together with any
Over-Allotment Shares offered by the Company, the "Company Shares") of its
Common Stock, without par value (the "Common Stock"), to be issued by the
Company; the proposed public offering by certain stockholders and
optionholders of the Company (the "Selling Stockholders") of an aggregate of
1,661,000 additional shares (together with any Over-Allotment Shares offered
by the Selling Stockholders, the "Stockholder Shares") of such Common Stock;
and the proposed public offering, assuming the exercise in full of the
over-allotment option described in the Registration Statement, by some
combination of the Company and/or the Selling Stockholders of 309,150
additional shares (the "Over-Allotment Shares") of such Common Stock. The
Stockholder Shares include certain shares now issued and outstanding and
certain shares issuable and to be issued upon the exercise of now outstanding
options to purchase Common Stock (the "Options").

     We are familiar with the Company's Articles of Organization and all
amendments thereto and restatements thereof, its By-Laws and all amendments
thereto and restatements thereof, the records of meetings and consents of its
Board of Directors and of its stockholders provided to us by the Company, and
its stock records. In addition, we have examined and relied on the originals or
copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of all such
corporate records of the Company and such other instruments and other
certificates of public officials, officers and representatives of the Company
and such other persons, and we have made such investigations of law, as we have
deemed appropriate as a basis for the opinions expressed below.

     Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that:





Charles River Associates Incorporated
July 31, 2003
Page 2


     1. The Company has corporate power adequate for the issuance of the Company
Shares in accordance with the Registration Statement. The Company has taken all
necessary corporate action required to authorize the issuance and sale of the
Company Shares. When certificates for the Company Shares have been duly executed
and countersigned, and delivered against due receipt of consideration therefor
as described in the Registration Statement, the Company Shares will be legally
issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

     2. Upon the exercise of the Options and receipt by the Company of the
exercise price therefor, and upon the due execution, countersignature and
delivery of certificates for the Stockholder Shares, the Stockholder Shares will
be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

     We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement and to the reference to us under the heading "Legal Matters" in the
prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.



                                  Sincerely,


                                  FOLEY HOAG LLP


                                  By:  /s/ WILLIAM R. KOLB
                                     ----------------------------------------
                                     a Partner


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 23.1


CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our report dated January 10, 2003, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-107033) and related Prospectus of Charles River Associates Incorporated for the registration of 2,370,150 shares of Common Stock, and to the incorporation by reference therein of our report dated January 10, 2003, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Charles River Associates Incorporated included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended November 30, 2002, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Boston, Massachusetts
July 29, 2003




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.1

                      CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED

                               INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

     This Indemnity Agreement is made as of __________, 2003 by and among
Charles River Associates Incorporated, a Massachusetts corporation (the
"Company"), and the stockholders and optionholders of the Company named in
EXHIBIT A hereto (the "Selling Stockholders").

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Selling Stockholders propose to sell shares of
the common stock, without par value (the "Common Stock"), of the Company to the
several underwriters (the "Underwriters") named in that certain underwriting
agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") of even date herewith by and among the
Company, the Selling Stockholders, William Blair & Company, L.L.C., Adams,
Harkness & Hill, Inc., and Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, as representatives of
the Underwriters, upon the terms described in the Underwriting Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11 of the Underwriting Agreement, the Selling
Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters in certain respects and
contribute to the payment of certain amounts, and the Selling Stockholders
desire that the Company agree to indemnify them in certain respects and
contribute to the payment of certain amounts as hereinafter provided;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual
promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the
Selling Stockholders hereby agree as follows:

     1.   INDEMNIFICATION OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS. The Company shall
indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Stockholder, and each person, if any,
who controls any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or Section 20 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), from and
against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which
such Selling Stockholder or such controlling person may become subject, under
the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or
regulation, at common law, under Section 11 of the Underwriting Agreement, or
otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is
effected with the written consent of such Selling Stockholder or such
controlling person, as the case may be), insofar as such loss, claim, damage,
liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below)
arises out of or is based (i) upon any failure, omission or alleged failure or
omission on the part of the Company, in connection with the Registration
Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto) or the offering contemplated thereby, to comply with any
provision of the Securities Act and the then applicable rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission or other federal agency at the time
charged with administration of the Securities Act; (ii) upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, including any information



deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to Rule 430A or Rule 434 under the
Securities Act, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading; (iii) upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any
amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom
of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (iv) in
whole or in part upon any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of
the Company contained in the Underwriting Agreement; (v) in whole or in part
upon any failure of the Company to perform its obligations under the
Underwriting Agreement or under law; (vi) upon any act or failure to act or any
alleged act or failure to act by any Underwriter in connection with, or relating
in any manner to, the offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, and
which is included as part of or referred to in any loss, claim, damage,
liability or action arising out of or based upon any matter covered by clause
(ii) or (iii) above; and shall reimburse each Selling Stockholder and each such
controlling person for any and all expenses (including the reasonable fees and
disbursements of not more than one separate counsel (together with local
counsel) for the Selling Stockholders) as such expenses are reasonably incurred
by such Selling Stockholder or such controlling person in connection with
investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim,
damage, liability, expense or action. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
indemnity and reimbursement agreements in the preceding sentence shall not apply
to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the
extent, that it arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling
Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary
prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). The
indemnity and reimbursement agreements set forth in this Section 1 shall be in
addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

     2.   NOTIFICATION AND OTHER INDEMNIFICATION PROCEDURES. Promptly after
receipt by an indemnified party under Section 1 of notice of the commencement of
any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be
made against the Company under Section 1, notify the Company in writing of the
commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve
the Company from any liability which the Company may have to any indemnified
party for contribution or otherwise than under the indemnity agreement contained
in Section 1 or to the extent the Company is not prejudiced as a proximate
result of such failure. In case any such action is brought against any
indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity
from the Company, the Company will be entitled to participate in, and, to the
extent that it shall elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party
promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to
assume the defense thereof with counsel selected by the Company; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified
party and the Company and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded
that a conflict may arise between the positions of the Company and the
indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may
be legal defenses available to such indemnified party and/or other indemnified
parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the
Company, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select
separate counsel, satisfactory to the Company, to assume such legal defenses and
otherwise to participate in the defense of such action on behalf of

                                      - 2 -


such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the Company to
such indemnified party of the Company's election so to assume the defense of
such action, the Company will not be liable to such indemnified party under
Section 1 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the
indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the
proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the
Company shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate
counsel (together with local counsel), satisfactory to the Company, representing
the indemnified parties who are parties to such action) or (ii) the Company
shall not have employed counsel to represent the indemnified party within a
reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, in each of which
cases the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the
Company. As a condition to indemnification hereunder, each indemnified party
shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense of any action with respect
to which indemnification is to be sought, and, at the Company's expense, shall
provide all such documents and take all such actions which the Company may
reasonably request in connection with such defense.

     3.   SETTLEMENTS. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any
proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such
consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company shall
indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or
expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. The Company shall not, without
the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement,
compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened
action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could
have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such
indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an
unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims
that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding.

     4.   CONTRIBUTION.

          (a)   If the indemnification provided for in Section 1 is for any
     reason held to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless
     an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities
     or expenses referred to therein, then the Company shall contribute to the
     aggregate amount paid or payable by such indemnified party, as incurred, as
     a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred
     to therein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
     benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the indemnified
     party, on the other hand, from the offering of the Shares pursuant to the
     Underwriting Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i)
     above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is
     appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause
     (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and
     the indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements
     in or omissions from any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or the
     Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement to any of the
     foregoing) or inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the
     Company in the Underwriting Agreement that resulted in such losses, claims,
     damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable
     considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one
     hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the
     offering of the Shares

                                      - 3 -


     pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same
     proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting
     expenses) received by the Company bears to the total net proceeds from the
     offering received by the indemnified party. The relative fault of the
     Company, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand,
     shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such
     untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or
     alleged omission to state a material fact or any such inaccurate or alleged
     inaccurate representation or warranty relates to information supplied by
     the Company, on the one hand, or the indemnified party, on the other hand,
     and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
     opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

          (b)   The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses,
     claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed
     to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 1 and
     Section 2, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such
     party in connection with investigating, defending, settling or compromising
     any action or claim. The provisions set forth in Section 2 with respect to
     notice of commencement of any action shall apply if a claim for
     contribution is to be made under this Section 4; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no
     additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which
     notice has been given under Section 2 for purposes of indemnification.

          (c)   The Company and the Selling Stockholders agree that it would not
     be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were
     determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Selling Stockholders were
     treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of
     allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations
     referred to in this Section 4.

          (d)   No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
     meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
     contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
     misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 4, each person, if any, who
     controls a Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the
     Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights
     to contribution as such Selling Stockholder.

     5.   CAPITALIZED TERMS. Except as otherwise specified, capitalized terms
used herein which are not otherwise specifically defined herein shall have the
meanings given them in the Underwriting Agreement. Notices required or permitted
hereunder shall be given in the manner prescribed in Section 16 of the
Underwriting Agreement.

     6.   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and
inure to the benefit of, the Company, the Selling Stockholders, and their
respective controlling persons, officers, directors, successors, heirs,
executors, administrators and assigns.

     7.   GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and
enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,
without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

                                      - 4 -


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnity
Agreement as an agreement under seal as of the date first written above.

                                       CHARLES RIVER ASSOCIATES INCORPORATED


                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          James C. Burrows, President

                                       THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS


                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          James C. Burrows, Attorney-in-Fact


                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          J. Phillip Cooper, Attorney-in-Fact


                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          James M. Wells, Attorney-in-Fact

                                      - 5 -


                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                              SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

Jagdish C. Agarwal
Gregory K. Bell
Marlene Besen as Trustee of the Besen Family
   Trust u/i/d March 30, 1998
Stanley M. Besen
Douglas R. Bohi
Daniel Brand
Steven R. Brenner
William B. Burnett
James C. Burrows
William F. Concannon
George C. Eads
Eads Family, LLC
Abigail S. Fisher
Abigail S. Fisher as Trustee of the Abigail S. Fisher
   GST Trust UA 2/14/90
Abraham S. Fisher
Abraham S. Fisher as Trustee of the Abraham S.
   Fisher GST Trust UA 2/14/90
Franklin M. Fisher
Judith R. Gelman as Trustee of The Salop
   Irrevocable GST-Taxable Trust 1998 u/i/d
   March 17, 1998
Judith R. Gelman as Trustee of The Salop
   Irrevocable GST-Exempt Trust 1998 u/i/d
   March 17, 1998
Joen E. Greenwood
Kenneth L. Grinnell as Trustee of the James C.
   Burrows Qualified Annuity Trust - 1998 and
   the James C. Burrows Irrevocable Trust 1998
Phillip H. Harris as Trustee of the Anna Harte
   Moriarty Trust DTD 8/21/90
Phillip H. Harris as Trustee of the Caroline Ames
   Moriarty Trust DTD 12/14/91
Phillip H. Harris as Trustee of the Thomas Rowland
   Moriarty Trust DTD 8/21/90
Mary F. Hughes as Trustee of The William R.
   Hughes Irrevocable Trust 1998
William R. Hughes
Stephen H. Kalos
Firoze E. Katrak
Carl Kaysen
Michael A. Kemp

                                      - 6 -


Robert J. Larner and Anne M. Larner, JTWROS
Arnold J. Lowenstein
Richard P. Mandel as Trustee of The J. Phillip
   Cooper Irrevocable Trust, 2000
C. Christopher Maxwell
Paul R. Milgrom
Bridger M. Mitchell
W. David Montgomery
Jenny Fitz Moriarty as Trustee of The Rowland T.
   Moriarty Irrevocable Trust 1998
Rowland T. Moriarty
Laurel E. Morrison
Monica G. Noether
Thomas R. Overstreet
John E. Parsons
Raju Patel
Gordon C. Rausser
Gary L. Roberts
Gail B. Roberts
Elaine M. Ruback as Trustee of The Ruback
   Children's Family Trust
Richard S. Ruback
Steven C. Salop
Carl Shapiro
Robert M. Spann
Alan R. Willens
John R. Woodbury
Naomi L. Zikmund-Fisher
Naomi L. Zikmund-Fisher as Trustee of the Naomi
   L. Fisher GST Trust UA 2/14/90

                                      - 7 -